US20050202998A1 - Concentrated, stable, translucent or clear, fabric softening compositions including chelants - Google Patents
Concentrated, stable, translucent or clear, fabric softening compositions including chelants Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20050202998A1 US20050202998A1 US11/044,560 US4456005A US2005202998A1 US 20050202998 A1 US20050202998 A1 US 20050202998A1 US 4456005 A US4456005 A US 4456005A US 2005202998 A1 US2005202998 A1 US 2005202998A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- methyl
- dimethyl
- pentanediol
- hexanediol
- butanediol
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 0 */C=C\* Chemical compound */C=C\* 0.000 description 5
- NIWRGHLWSAVSGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.C=O.CC(C)O.CO.O.[CH3-].[CH3-] Chemical compound C.C=O.CC(C)O.CO.O.[CH3-].[CH3-] NIWRGHLWSAVSGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VICAEHMKVDDEBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)CC(C)CC(C)CCCC(=O)O Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C)CC(C)CCCC(=O)O VICAEHMKVDDEBA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GFDLAUQBAPKZHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC(O)CC(C)(C)CO.CCC1=CC=CC(C)(C)C1.OCCO Chemical compound CCC(O)CC(C)(C)CO.CCC1=CC=CC(C)(C)C1.OCCO GFDLAUQBAPKZHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OARDBPIZDHVTCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCC(CCCC)C(=O)O Chemical compound CCCCCCC(CCCC)C(=O)O OARDBPIZDHVTCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JMOLZNNXZPAGBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCCCC(CCCCCC)C(=O)O Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC(CCCCCC)C(=O)O JMOLZNNXZPAGBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLZIMEJTDZWVJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCCCCCCCC(CCCCCCC)C(=O)O Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC(CCCCCCC)C(=O)O YLZIMEJTDZWVJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VKZRWSNIWNFCIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [H]N(CCN([H])C(CC(=O)O)C(=O)O)C(CC(=O)O)C(=O)O Chemical compound [H]N(CCN([H])C(CC(=O)O)C(=O)O)C(CC(=O)O)C(=O)O VKZRWSNIWNFCIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C11—ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
- C11D—DETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
- C11D3/00—Other compounding ingredients of detergent compositions covered in group C11D1/00
- C11D3/0005—Other compounding ingredients characterised by their effect
- C11D3/001—Softening compositions
- C11D3/0015—Softening compositions liquid
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C11—ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
- C11D—DETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
- C11D1/00—Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
- C11D1/38—Cationic compounds
- C11D1/645—Mixtures of compounds all of which are cationic
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C11—ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
- C11D—DETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
- C11D1/00—Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
- C11D1/38—Cationic compounds
- C11D1/62—Quaternary ammonium compounds
Definitions
- the present invention relates to translucent or clear, aqueous, concentrated, liquid softening compositions which include chelants. It especially relates to softening compositions for use in the rinse cycle of a laundering operation to provide excellent fabric-softening/static-control benefits.
- the compositions are characterized by, e.g., reduced staining of fabric, excellent water dispersibility, rewettability, and/or storage and viscosity stability at sub-normal temperatures, i.e., temperatures below normal room temperature, e.g., 25° C.
- Fabric softening compositions containing high solvent levels are known in the art. However, softener agglomerates can form and can deposit on clothes which can result in staining and reduced softening performance. Also, compositions may thicken and/or precipitate at lower temperatures, i.e., at about 40° F. (about 4° C.) to about 65° F. (about 18° C.). These compositions can also be costly for the consumer due to the high solvent levels associated with making a concentrated, clear product.
- the present invention provides concentrated aqueous liquid fabric softening compositions with low organic solvent level (i.e., below about 40%, by weight of the composition) and a chelating agent, that have improved stability (i.e., remain clear or translucent and do not precipitate, gel, thicken, or solidify) at normal, i.e., room temperatures and sub-normal temperatures under prolonged storage conditions.
- the compositions also provide reduced staining of fabrics, good cold water dispersibility, together with excellent softening, anti-static and fabric rewettability characteristics, as well as reduced dispenser residue buildup and excellent freeze-thaw recovery.
- U.S. Pat. No. 3,756,950 discloses the addition of chelants to fabric softening compositions to prevent yellowing of fabrics treated with the compositions.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,399,272 discloses clear liquid fabric softening compositions.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,525,245 also discloses clear liquid fabric softening compositions.
- a clear or translucent fabric softening composition comprising:
- water soluble solvents selected from the group consisting of: ethanol, isopropanol, propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, propylene carbonate, and mixtures thereof, the water soluble solvents being at a level that will not form clear compositions by themselves; and
- Each R 1 in the fabric softening active may comprise a long chain C 5 -C 21 branched alkyl or unsaturated alkyl, optionally substituted.
- the ratio of branched alkyl to unsaturated alkyl being from about 5:95 to about 95:5, and for the unsaturated alkyl group, the average Iodine Value of the parent fatty acid of this R 1 group is from about 20 to about 140.
- the composition contains from about 15% to about 70% of the softener active, wherein, in the softener active, each R substituent is hydrogen or a short chain C 1 -C 3 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group; each n is 2; each Y is —O—(O)C—; the sum of carbons in each R 1 plus one is C 12 -C 22 , and R 1 is branched alkyl or unsaturated alkyl, the ratio of branched alkyl to unsaturated alkyl being from about 75:25 to about 25:75, and for the unsaturated alkyl group, the average Iodine Value of the parent fatty acid of this R 1 group is from about 50 to about 130; and wherein the counterion, X ⁇ , is selected from the group consisting of: chloride, bromide, methylsulfate, ethylsulfate, sulfate, and nitrate.
- each R substituent is hydrogen or a short chain C 1 -C 3 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group; each n is 2; the sum of carbons in each R 1 plus one is C 12 -C 20 ; and the counterion, X ⁇ , is selected from the group consisting of: chloride, bromide, methylsulfate, ethylsulfate, sulfate, and nitrate, still more preferably each R substituent is selected from the group consisting of: methyl, ethyl, propyl, hydroxyethyl, and benzyl; each m is 2; each n is 2; the sum of carbons in each R 1 , plus one is C 14 -C 20 , with each R 1 being a long chain C 13 -C 19 branched alkyl or unsaturated alkyl, the ratio of branched alkyl to unsaturated alkyl being from about 50:50 to about 30:70; for the unsaturated alky
- the level of fabric softening active containing polyunsaturated alkylene groups is optionally at least about 3% by weight of the total softener active present and the average Iodine Value of the parent fatty acid of the R 1 group is from about 60 to about 140.
- the chelant in said composition may be selected from the group consisting of diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, ethylenediamine-N,N′-disuccinnic acid, diethylenetriamine-N,N,N′,N′′,N′′-pentakis(methane phosphonic acid), nitrilotriacetic acid and mixtures thereof with diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid being the most preferred.
- the composition includes from about 0.01% to about 5% by weight of the composition of said chelant and/or from about 4% to about 50%, most preferably from about 10% to about 40% of the fabric softener active.
- a clear or translucent fabric softening composition comprises:
- the percentage haze in transmision mode of a Hunter Color analysis is less than about 50% and most preferably less than about 25%.
- the chelant may be preferably selected from the group consisting of diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, ethylenediamine-N,N′-disuccinnic acid, diethylenetriamine-N,N,N′,N′′,N′′-pentakis(methane phosphonic acid), nitrilotriacetic acid and mixtures thereof with diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid being the most preferred.
- the fabric softening active may be defined as above.
- the compositions herein are aqueous, translucent or clear, most preferably clear, compositions containing from about 3% to about 95%, preferably from about 5% to about 80%, more preferably from about 15% to about 70%, and even more preferably from about 40% to about 60%, water and from about 3% to about 40%, preferably from about 10% to about 35%, more preferably from about 12% to about 25%, and even more preferably from about 14% to about 20%, of the above principal alcohol solvent B.
- These preferred products (compositions) are not translucent or clear without principal solvent B.
- the amount of principal solvent B. required to make the compositions translucent or clear is preferably more than 50%, more preferably more than about 60%, and even more preferably more than about 75%, of the total organic solvent present.
- the principal solvents are desirably kept to the lowest levels that provide acceptable stability/clarity in the present compositions.
- the presence of water exerts an important effect on the need for the principal solvents to achieve clarity of these compositions.
- the softener active-to-principal solvent weight ratio is preferably from about 55:45 to about 85:15, more preferably from about 60:40 to about 80:20.
- the softener active-to-principal solvent weight ratio is preferably from about 45:55 to about 70:30, more preferably from about 55:45 to about 70:30. But at high water levels of from about 70% to about 80%, the softener active-to-principal solvent weight ratio is preferably from about 30:70 to about 55:45, more preferably from about 35:65 to about 45:55. At higher water levels, the softener to principal solvent ratios should be even higher.
- the pH of the compositions should preferably be from about 1 to about 7, preferably from about 1.5 to about 5, more preferably from about 2 to about 3.5.
- the present invention contains as an essential component from about 2% to about 80%, preferably from about 13% to about 75%, more preferably from about 17% to about 70%, and even more preferably from about 19% to about 65% by weight of the composition, of a fabric softener active selected from the compounds identified hereinafter, and mixtures thereof.
- the first type of DEQA preferably comprises, as the principal active, compounds of the formula wherein each R substituent is hydrogen or a short chain C 1 -C 6 , preferably C 1 -C 3 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group, e.g., methyl (most preferred), ethyl, propyl, hydroxyethyl, and the like, benzyl, or mixtures thereof; each m is 2 or 3; each n is from I to about 4, preferably 2; each Y is —O—(O)C—, —(R)N—(O)C—, —C(O)—N(R)—, or —C(O)—O—, preferably —O—(O)C—; the sum of carbons in each R 1 , plus one when Y is —O—(O)C— or —(R)N—(O)C—, is C 6 -C 22 , preferably C 12-22 , more preferably C 14 -C 20 , but
- R 1 may be branched alkyl and unsaturated alkyl (including polyunsaturated alkyl), wherein the ratio of branched alkyl to unsaturated alkyl is from about 5:95 to about 95:5, preferably from about 75:25 to about 25:75, more preferably from about 50:50 to about 30:70, especially 35:65.
- the softener active may contain alkyl, monounsaturated alkylene, and polyunsaturated alkylene groups, with the softener active containing polyunsaturated alkylene groups being at least about 3%, preferably at least about 5%, more preferably at least about 10%, and even more preferably at least about 15%, by weight of the total softener active present.
- the “percent of softener active” containing a given R 1 group is based upon taking a percentage of the total active based upon the percentage that the given R 1 group is, of the total R 1 groups present.
- the Iodine Value of the parent fatty acid of the R 1 group is preferably from about 20 to about 140, more preferably from about 50 to about 130; and most preferably from about 70 to about 115; and wherein the counterion, X ⁇ , can be any softener-compatible anion, preferably, chloride, bromide, methylsulfate, ethylsulfate, sulfate, and/or nitrate, more preferably chloride.
- the fabric softening actives prepared according to the present invention may have the formula: wherein each Y, R, R 1 , and X ( ⁇ ) have the same meanings as before.
- Such compounds include those having the formula: [CH 3 ] 3 N (+) [CH 2 CH(CH 2 O(O)CR 1 )O(O)CR 1 ]Cl ( ⁇ ) where —O(O)CR 1 is derived partly from unsaturated, e.g., oleic, fatty acid and, preferably, each R is a methyl or ethyl group and preferably each R 1 is in the range of C 15 to C 19 with degrees of branching and substitution being present in the alkyl chains.
- Mixtures of actives of formula (1) and (2) may also be prepared.
- the counterion, X ( ⁇ ) above can be any softener-compatible anion, preferably the anion of a strong acid, for example, chloride, bromide, methylsulfate, ethylsulfate, sulfate, nitrate and the like, more preferably chloride.
- the anion can also, but less preferably, carry a double charge in which case X ( ⁇ ) represents half a group.
- the fabric softener active can comprise mixtures of compounds containing, respectively, branched and unsaturated compounds.
- Preferred biodegradable quaternary ammonium fabric softening compounds useful in preparing such mixtures can contain the group —O—(O)CR 1 which is derived from unsaturated, and polyunsaturated, fatty acids, e.g., oleic acid, and/or partially hydrogenated fatty acids, derived from vegetable oils and/or partially hydrogenated vegetable oils, such as, canola oil, safflower oil, peanut oil, sunflower oil, corn oil, soybean oil, tall oil, rice bran oil, etc.
- Non-limiting examples of DEQAs prepared from preferred unsaturated fatty acids are disclosed hereinafter as DEQA 1 to DEQA 8 .
- DEQA 6 is prepared from a soy bean fatty acid
- DEQA 7 is prepared from a slightly hydrogenated tallow fatty acid
- DEQA 8 is prepared from slightly hydrogenated canola fatty acids.
- the total of active represented by the branched chain groups is typically from about 5% to about 95%, preferably from about 25% to about 75%, more preferably from about 35% to about 50%.
- Suitable branched chain fatty acids that can be used to prepare branched, or mixed branched alkyl and unsaturated alkyl DEQAs, can be prepared by a variety of methods.
- the corresponding branched chain fatty alcohols can be prepared by reduction of the branched chain fatty acids by standard reactions, e.g., using borane-THF after the method of Brown, J. Amer. Chem. Soc. (1970), 92, 1637, incorporated herein by reference.
- the following are non-limiting examples of branched chain fatty acids.
- Branched Chain Fatty Acid 1 2-n-Heptylundecanoic Acid
- 2-n-Heptylundecanoic acid [22890-21-7] is available from TCI America, catalog number IO281. It can be made by oxidizing the Guerbet alcohol 2-heptylundecanol which is, in turn, the aldol condensation product of nonanal. Guerbet alcohols are available commercially from Condea under the trade name ISOFOL® Alcohols. Branched Chain Fatty Acid 2: 2-n-Hexyldecanoic Acid
- 2-n-Heptylundecanoic acid [25354-97-6] is available from TCI America, catalog number H0507. It can be made by oxidizing the Guerbet alcohol 2-hexyldecanol which is, in turn, the aldol condensation product of octanal.
- Branched Chain Fatty Acid 3 2-n-Butyloctanoic Acid
- 2-n-Butyloctanoic Acid is available from Union Carbide under the trade name ISOCARB® 12 Acid. It can be made by oxidizing the Guerbet alcohol 2-butyloctanol. Branched Chain Fatty Acid 4: 5,7,9-Trimethylnonanoic Acid
- 5,7,9-Trimethylnonanoic acid and 3,5,7,9-tetramethylnonanoic acid are made by the Union Camp Corporation using the oxo process described by N. E. Lawson, et. al. in J. Am. Oil. Chem. Soc. 1981, 58, 59.
- Alpha substituted acids can be prepared by the C-alkylation of an enamine which is derived from a straight chained aldehyde such as octanal or decanal.
- the derived enamine will form the carbanion on the carbon alpha to the terminal nitrogen.
- Reaction of the enamine anion with an alkyl bromide, in the presence of a catalytic amount of NaI, will give the branched chain enamine which upon hydrolysis gives the alpha alkylated aldehyde.
- the aldehyde can the be oxidized to the corresponding carboxylic acid.
- Decanal (aldehyde) can be reacted with an excess of a cyclic amine such as pyrrolidine, by heating at reflux in toluene in the presence of a trace amount of p-toluene sulfonic acid.
- a cyclic amine such as pyrrolidine
- the amine condenses with the aldehyde, water is formed and can be removed by reflux through a water trap.
- heptylbromide and sodium iodide can be added an the alkylation completed in the same solvent system.
- the reaction mixture is poured over ice and made acidic with 20% HCl. This hydrolysis converts the alkylated enamine to the alpha-heptyl decanal.
- the product can be isolated by separation, washing, then drying, of the solvent layer and subsequent removal of the solvent by vacuum distillation.
- the isolated branched aldehyde can then be converted to the desired carboxylic acid by oxidation in an appropriate solvent system.
- oxidizing agents are; aqueous potassium permanganate; The Jones Reagent (CrO 3 /H 2 SO 4 /H 2 O) in acetone; CrO 3 -acetic acid,etc. Separation of the desired alpha-heptyldecanoic acid from the oxidizing medium will be facilitated by the high molecular weight of the acid.
- Positional Isomers of Alkoxyoctadecanoic Acids The same procedure is used except that oleic acid is first isomerized to a mixture of unsaturated acids by heating with methanesulfonic acid.
- the alkoxybromination-reduction sequence in this case leads to mixtures of additional positional isomers of alkoxyoctadecanoic acids.
- Branched Chain Fatty Acid 7 Phenyloctadecanoic Acid, Alkylphenyloctadecanoic Acid, and the Corresponding Octadecanols
- Phenyloctadecanoic Acid The method of Nakano and Foglia described in The Journal of the American Oil Chemists Society, (1984),61(3), 569-73 is used. About 5 g portion of oleic acid and about 6.91 g of benzene are treated dropwise with about 10.2 g of methanesulfonic acid at about 50 C.° and then allowed to stir for about 6 hours. The reaction mixture is added to water and extracted with diethyl ether. Removal of the solvents by vacuum stripping gives the crude mixture of positional isomers of phenyloctadecanoic acid.
- Methylphenyloctadecanoic Acid The synthesis is repeated but with toluene instead of benzene to yield the mixed positional isomers of methylphenyloctadecanoic acid.
- Branched Chain Fatty Acid 8 Phenoxyoctadecanoic Acid, Hydroxyphenyloctadecanoic Acid, and the Corresponding Octadecanols
- Hydroxyphenyloctadecanoic Acids The method of Nakano and Foglia described in The Journal of the American Oil Chemists Society, (1984),61(3), 569-73 is used. About 1:5:6 mole ratio of oleic acid, phenol, and methanesulfonic acid are allowed to react at about 25 C.° for about 48 hours. The reaction mixture is added to water and extracted with ether. The extract is stripped of solvent and phenol to give the desired crude mixed positional isomers of hydroxyphenyloctadecanoic acid.
- Phenoxyoctadecanoic Acids The reaction is repeated with about 1:5:2 mole ratio of oleic acid, phenol, and methanesulfonic acid.
- the isolated crude product is predominantly phenoxyoctadecanoic acid, but also contains hydroxyphenyloctadecanoic acid.
- a purified mixture of phenoxyoctadecanoic acid positional isomers is obtained by chromatography.
- Isostearic acids are produced from the monomeric acids obtained in the dimerization of unsaturated C 18 fatty acids, according to U.S. Pat. No. 2,812,342, issued Nov. 5, 1957 to R. M. Peters, incorporated herein by reference.
- Suitable branched fabric softening actives which can be mixed with the above described unsaturated fabric softening actives (DEQAs) to form the fabric softening actives of this invention can be formed using the above branched chain fatty acids, and/or the corresponding branched chain fatty alcohols. Similarly, the branched chain fatty acids and/or alcohols can be used with unsaturated fatty acids and/or alcohols to form suitable mixed chain actives.
- DEQA's are those that are prepared as a single DEQA from blends of all the different branched and unsaturated fatty acids that are represented (total fatty acid blend), rather than from blends of mixtures of separate finished DEQA's that are prepared from different portions of the total fatty acid blend.
- At least a substantial percentage of the fatty acyl groups may be unsaturated, e.g., from about 25% to 70%, preferably from about 50% to about 65%.
- Polyunsaturated fatty acid groups can be used.
- the total level of active containing polyunsaturated fatty acyl groups (TPU) can be from about 3% to about 30%, preferably from about 5% to about 25%, more preferably from about 10% to about 18%.
- Both cis and trans isomers can be used, preferably with a cis/trans ratio of from 1:1 to about 50:1, the minimum being 1:1, preferably at least 3:1, and more preferably from about 4:1 to about 20:1.
- the “percent of softener active” containing a given R 1 group is the same as the percentage of that same R 1 group is to the total R 1 groups used to form all of the softener actives.
- the mixed branched-chain and unsaturated materials are easier to formulate than conventional saturated branched chain fabric softener actives. They can be used to form concentrated premixes that maintain their low viscosity and are therefore easier to process, e.g., pump, mix, etc. These materials with only the low amount of solvent that normally is associated with such materials, i.e., from about 5% to about 20%, preferably from about 8% to about 25%, more preferably from about 10% to about 20%, weight of the total softener/solvent mixture, are also easier to formulate into concentrated, stable compositions of the present invention, even at ambient temperatures. This ability to process the actives at low temperatures is especially important for the polyunsaturated groups, since it mimimizes degradation. Additional protection against degradation can be provided when the compounds and softener compositions contain effective antioxidants and/or reducing agents, as disclosed hereinafter.
- the use of branched chain fatty acyl groups improves the resistance to degradation while maintaining fluidity and improving softening.
- the present invention can also contain some medium-chain biodegradable quaternary ammonium fabric softening compound, DEQA, having the above formula (1) and/or formula (2), below, wherein:
- X ⁇ does not include phosphate salts.
- the saturated C 8 -C 14 fatty acyl groups can be pure derivatives, or can be mixed chain lengths.
- Suitable fatty acid sources for said fatty acyl groups are coco, lauric, caprylic, and capric acids.
- the groups are preferably saturated, e.g., the IV is preferably less than about 10, preferably less than about 5.
- the branched R and R 1 substituents can contain various groups such as alkoxyl groups which act as branching, and a small percentage can be straight, so long as the R 1 groups maintain their basically hydrophobic character.
- the preferred compounds can be considered to be biodegradable diester variations of hardened ditallow dimethyl ammonium chloride (hereinafter referred to as “DTDMAC”), which is a widely used fabric softener.
- DTDMAC hardened ditallow dimethyl ammonium chloride
- the diester when specified, it can include the monoester that is present.
- the DEQA can be DEQA monoester, e.g., one YR 1 group is either —OH, or —C(O)OH, and, for Formula 1., m is 2.
- the corresponding diamide and/or mixed ester-amide can also include the active with one long chain hydrophobic group, e.g., one YR 1 group is either —N(R)H , or —C(O)OH.
- any disclosure, e.g., levels, for the monoester actives is also applicable to the monoamide actives.
- the percentage of monoester should be as low as possible, preferably no more than about 5%. However, under high, anionic detergent surfactant or detergent builder carry-over conditions, some monoester can be preferred.
- the overall ratios of diester to monoester are from about 100:1 to about 2:1, preferably from about 50:1 to about 5:1, more preferably from about 13:1 to about 8:1. Under high detergent carry-over conditions, the di/monoester ratio is preferably about 11:1.
- the level of monoester present can be controlled in manufacturing the DEQA.
- the second type of DEQA active has the general formula: wherein each Y, R, R 1 , and X ( ⁇ ) have the same meanings as before.
- Such compounds include those having the formula: [CH 3 ] 3 N (+) [CH 2 CH(CH 2 O(O)CR 1 )O(O)CR 1 ]Cl ( ⁇ ) where each R is a methyl or ethyl group and preferably each R 1 is in the range of C 15 to C 19 . Degrees of substitution can be present in the alkyl or unsaturated alkyl chains.
- the anion X ( ⁇ ) in the molecule is the same as in DEQA (1) above. As used herein, when the diester is specified, it can include the monoester that is present.
- DEQA (1) The amount of monoester that can be present is the same as in DEQA (1).
- An example of a preferred DEQA of formula (2) is the “propyl” ester quaternary ammonium fabric softener active having the formula 1,2-di(acyloxy)-3-trimethylammoniopropane chloride, wherein the acyl group is the same as that of DEQA 5 .
- each R 1 may be an alkyl, branched alkyl, monounsaturated unsaturated alkyl, or polyunsaturated alkyl group.
- the actives may contain mixtures of branched alkyl and unsaturated alkyl R 1 groups, especially within the individual molecules, in the ratios disclosed hereinbefore.
- the DEQAs herein can contain a low level of fatty acid, which can be from unreacted starting material used to form the DEQA and/or as a by-product of any partial degradation (hydrolysis) of the softener active in the finished composition. It is preferred that the level of free fatty acid be low, preferably below about 10%, and more preferably below about 5%, by weight of the softener active.
- compositions of the present invention comprise less than about 40%, preferably from about 10% to about 35%, more preferably from about 12% to about 25%, and even more preferably from about 14% to about 20%, of the principal solvent, by weight of the composition.
- Said principal solvent is selected to minimize solvent odor impact in the composition and to provide a low viscosity to the final composition.
- isopropyl alcohol is not very effective and has a strong odor.
- n-Propyl alcohol is more effective, but also has a distinct odor.
- Several butyl alcohols also have odors but can be used for effective clarity/stability, especially when used as part of a principal solvent system to minimize their odor.
- the alcohols are also selected for optimum low temperature stability, that is they are able to form compositions that are liquid with acceptable low viscosities and translucent, preferably clear, down to about 40° F. (about 4.4° C.) and are able to recover after storage down to about 20° F. (about 6.7° C.).
- any principal solvent for the formulation of the liquid, concentrated, preferably clear, fabric softener compositions herein with the requisite stability is surprisingly selective.
- Suitable solvents can be selected based upon their octanol/water partition coefficient (P).
- Octanol/water partition coefficient of a principal solvent is the ratio between its equilibrium concentration in octanol and in water.
- the partition coefficients of the principal solvent ingredients of this invention are conveniently given in the form of their logarithm to the base 10, logP.
- the logP of many ingredients has been reported; for example, the Pomona92 database, available from Daylight Chemical Information Systems, Inc. (Daylight CIS), Irvine, Calif., contains many, along with citations to the original literature. However, the logP values are most conveniently calculated by the “CLOGP” program, also available from Daylight CIS. This program also lists experimental logP values when they are available in the Pomona92 database.
- the “calculated logP” (ClogP) is determined by the fragment approach of Hansch and Leo (cf., A. Leo, in Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 4, C. Hansch, P. G. Sammens, J. B. Taylor and C. A. Ramsden, Eds., p.
- the fragment approach is based on the chemical structure of each ingredient, and takes into account the numbers and types of atoms, the atom connectivity, and chemical bonding.
- the ClogP values which are the most reliable and widely used estimates for this physicochemical property, are preferably used instead of the experimental logP values in the selection of the principal solvent ingredients which are useful in the present invention.
- Other methods that can be used to compute ClogP include, e.g., Crippen's fragmentation method as disclosed in J. Chem. Inf. Comput. Sci., 27, 21 (1987); Viswanadhan's fragmentation method as disclose in J. Chem. Inf. Comput. Sci., 29, 163 (1989); and Broto's method as disclosed in Eur. J. Med. Chem.-Chim. Theor., 19, 71 (1984).
- the principal solvents herein are selected from those having a ClogP of from about 0.15 to about 0.64, preferably from about 0.25 to about 0.62, and more preferably from about 0.40 to about 0.60, said principal solvent preferably being asymmetric, and preferably having a melting, or solidification, point that allows it to be liquid at, or near room temperature. Solvents that have a low molecular weight and are biodegradable are also desirable for some purposes.
- asymmetric solvents appear to be very desirable, whereas the highly symmetrical solvents, having a center of symmetry, such as 1,7-heptanediol, or 1,4-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexane, appear to be unable to provide the essentially clear compositions when used alone, even though their ClogP values fall in the preferred range.
- One can select the most suitable principal solvent by determining whether a composition containing about 27% di(oleyoyloxyethyl)dimethylammonium chloride, about 16-20% of principal solvent, and about 4-6% ethanol remains clear during storage at about 40° F. (about 4.4° C.) and recovers from being frozen at about 0° F. (about ⁇ 18° C.).
- the most preferred principal solvents can be identified by the appearance of the freeze-dried dilute treatment compositions used to treat fabrics. These dilute compositions appear to have dispersions of fabric softener that exhibit a more uni-lamellar appearance than conventional fabric softener compositions. The closer to uni-lamellar the appearance, the better the compositions seem to perform. These compositions provide surprisingly good fabric softening as compared to similar compositions prepared in the conventional way with the same fabric softener active. The compositions also inherently provide improved perfume deposition as compared to conventional fabric softening compositions, especially when the perfume is added to the compositions at, or near, room temperature.
- Operable principal solvents are listed below under various listings, e.g., aliphatic and/or alicyclic diols with a given number of carbon atoms; monols; derivatives of glycerine; alkoxylates of diols; and mixtures of all of the above.
- the preferred principal solvents are in italics and the most preferred principal solvents are in bold type.
- the reference numbers are the Chemical Abstracts Service Registry numbers (CAS No.) for those compounds that have such a number. Novel compounds have a method identified, described hereinafter, that can be used to prepare the compounds.
- Some inoperable principal solvents are also listed below for comparison purposes.
- the inoperable principal solvents can be used in mixtures with operable principal solvents.
- Operable principal solvents can be used to make concentrated fabric softener compositions that meet the stability/clarity requirements set forth herein.
- diol principal solvents that have the same chemical formula can exist as many stereoisomers and/or optical isomers.
- Each isomer is normally assigned with a different CAS No.
- different isomers of 4-methyl-2,3-hexanediol are assigned to at least the following CAS Nos: 146452-51-9; 146452-50-8; 146452-49-5; 14645248-4; 123807-34-1; 123807-33-0; 123807-32-9; and 123807-31-8.
- EO means polyethoxylates, i.e., —(CH 2 CH 2 O) n H
- Me-E n means methyl-capped polyethoxylates —(CH 2 CH 2 O) n CH 3
- 2(Me-En) means 2 Me-En groups needed
- PO means polypropoxylates, —(CH(CH 3 )CH 2 O) n H
- BO means polybutyleneoxy groups, —(CH(CH 2 CH 3 )CH 2 O) n H
- n-BO means poly(n-butyleneoxy) or poly(tetramethylene)oxy groups —(CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O) n H.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH 2 CH 2 O) groups in the polyethoxylated derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH 2 CH 2 O) groups in the one methyl-capped polyethoxylate substituant in each derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH 2 CH 2 O) groups in each of the two methyl-capped polyethoxylate substituants in each derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH(CH 3 )CH 2 O) groups in the polypropoxylated derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O) groups in the polytetramethyleneoxylated derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH(CH 2 CH 3 )CH 2 O) groups in the polybutoxylated derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH 2 CH 2 O) groups in the polyethoxylated derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH 2 CH 2 O) groups in the one methyl-capped polyethoxylate substituant in each derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH 2 CH 2 O) groups in each of the two methyl-capped polyethoxylate substituants in each derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH(CH 3 )CH 2 O) groups in the polypropoxylated derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O) groups in the polytetramethyleneoxylated derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH(CH 2 CH 3 )CH 2 O) groups in the polybutoxylated derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH 2 CH 2 O) groups in the polyethoxylated derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH 2 CH 2 O) groups in the one methyl-capped polyethoxylate substituant in each derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH 2 CH 2 O) groups in each of the two methyl-capped polyethoxylate substituants in each derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH(CH 3 )CH 2 O) groups in the polypropoxylated derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O) groups in the polytetramethyleneoxylated derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH(CH 2 CH 3 )CH 2 O) groups in the polybutoxylated derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH 2 CH 2 O) groups in the polyethoxylated derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH 2 CH 2 O) groups in the one methyl-capped polyethoxylate substituant in each derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH(CH 3 )CH 2 O) groups in the polypropoxylated derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O) groups in the polytetramethyleneoxylated derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH(CH 2 CH 3 )CH 2 O) groups in the polybutoxylated derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH 2 CH 2 O) groups in the polyethoxylated derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH 2 CH 2 O) groups in the one methyl-capped polyethoxylate substituant in each derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH(CH 3 )CH 2 O) groups in the polypropoxylated derivative.
- the numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O) groups in the polytetramethyleneoxylated derivative.
- aromatic diols include: Chemical Name CAS No. Operable Aromatic Diols 1-phenyl-1,2-ethanediol 93-56-1 1-phenyl-1,2-propanediol 1855-09-0 2-phenyl-1,2-propanediol 87760-50-7 3-phenyl-1,2-propanediol 17131-14-5 1-(3-methylphenyl)-1,3-propanediol 51699-43-5 1-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3-propanediol 159266-06-5 2-methyl-1-phenyl-1,3-propanediol 139068-60-3 1-phenyl-1,3-butanediol 118100-60-0 3-phenyl-1,3-butanediol 68330-54-1 1-phenyl-1,4-butanediol 136173-88-1 2-phenyl-1,4-butanediol
- C 1-2 mono-ols that provide a clear concentrated fabric softener compositions in the context of this invention.
- C 4 mono-ols only 2-butanol and 2-methyl-2-propanol provide very good performance, but 2-methyl-2-propanol has a boiling point that is undesirably low.
- principal solvents which have two hydroxyl groups in their chemical formulas are suitable for use in the formulation of the liquid concentrated, clear fabric softener compositions of this invention. It is discovered that the suitability of each principal solvent is surprisingly very selective, dependent on the number of carbon atoms, the isomeric configuration of the molecules having the same number of carbon atoms, the degree of unsaturation, etc. Principal solvents with similar solubility characteristics to the principal solvents above and possessing at least some asymmetry will provide the same benefit. It is discovered that the suitable principal solvents have a ClogP of from about 0.15 to about 0.64, preferably from about 0.25 to about 0.62, and more preferably from about 0.40 to about 0.60.
- the 1,2-hexanediol is a good principal solvent, while many other isomers such as 1,3-hexanediol, 1,4-hexanediol, 1,5-hexanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2,4-hexanediol, and 2,5-hexanediol, having ClogP values outside the effective 0.15-0.64 range, are not.
- Examples and Comparative Examples I-A and I-B vide infra).
- C 7 diol isomers there are more possible C 7 diol isomers, but only the listed ones provide clear products and the preferred ones are: 1,3-butanediol, 2-butyl-; 1,4-butanediol, 2-propyl-; 1,5-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-; 2,3-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-; 2,3-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-; 2,3-pentanediol, 4,4-dimethyl-; 3,4-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-; 1,6-hexanediol, 2-methyl-; 1,6-hexanediol, 3-methyl-; 1,3-heptanediol; 1,4-heptanediol; 1,5-heptanediol; 1,6-heptanediol; of which the most preferred are: 2,
- C 8 diol isomers there are even more C 8 diol isomers, but only the listed ones provide clear products and the preferred ones are: 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1,1-dimethylpropyl)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1,2-dimethylpropyl)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1-ethylpropyl)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-ethyl-2-isopropyl-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-(1-methylpropyl)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-(2-methylpropyl)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-tertiary-butyl-2-methyl-; 1,3-butanediol, 2,2-diethyl; 1,3-but
- Preferred mixtures of eight-carbon-atom-1,3 diols can be formed by the condensation of mixtures of butyraldehyde, isobutyraldehyde and/or methyl ethyl ketone (2-butanone), so long as there are at least two of these reactants in the reaction mixture, in the presence of highly alkaline catalyst followed by conversion by hydrogenation to form a mixture of eight-carbon-1,3-diols, i.e., a mixture of 8-carbon-1,3-diols primarily consisting of: 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol; 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol; 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-hexanediol; 2-ethyl-4-methyl-1,3-pentandiol; 2-ethyl-3-methyl-1,3-pentanediol; 3,5-octanediol; 2,2-dimethyl
- EO means polyethoxylates
- E n means —(CH 2 CH 2 O) n H
- Me-E n means methyl-capped polyethoxylates —(CH 2 CH 2 O) n CH 3
- 2(Me-En) means 2 Me-En groups needed
- PO means polypropoxylates, —(CH(CH 3 )CH 2 O) n H
- BO means polybutyleneoxy groups, (CH(CH 2 CH 3 )CH 2 O) n H
- n-BO means poly(n-butyleneoxy) groups —(CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O) n H.
- some specific diol ethers are also found to be suitable principal solvents for the formulation of liquid concentrated, clear fabric softener compositions of the present invention. Similar to the aliphatic diol principal solvents, it is discovered that the suitability of each principal solvent is very selective, depending, e.g., on the number of carbon atoms in the specific diol ether molecules.
- di(hydroxyalkyl) ethers The same narrow selectivity is also found for the di(hydroxyalkyl) ethers. It is discovered that bis(2-hydroxybutyl) ether, but not bis(2-hydroxypentyl) ether, is suitable. For the di(cyclic hydroxyalkyl) analogs, the bis(2-hydroxycyclopentyl) ether is suitable, but not the bis(2-hydroxycyclohexyl) ether. Non-limiting examples of synthesis methods for the preparation of some preferred di(hydroxyalkyl) ethers are given hereinafter.
- the butyl monoglycerol ether (also named 3-butyloxy-1,2-propanediol) is not well suited to form liquid concentrated, clear fabric softeners of the present invention.
- its polyethoxylated derivatives preferably from about triethoxylated to about nonaethoxylated, more preferably from pentaethoxylated to octaethoxylated, are suitable principal solvents, as given in Table VI.
- Preferred aromatic glyceryl ethers include: 1,2-propanediol, 3-phenyloxy-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-benzyloxy-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(2-phenylethyloxy)-; 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2-(m-cresyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(p-cresyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-benzyloxy-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2-phenylethyloxy)-; and mixtures thereof.
- the more preferred aromatic glyceryl ethers include: 1,2-propanediol, 3-phenyloxy-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-benzyloxy-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(2-phenylethyloxy)-; 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2-(m-cresyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(p-cresyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2-phenylethyloxy)-; and mixtures thereof.
- the most preferred di(hydroxyalkyl)ethers include: bis(2-hydroxybutyl)ether; and bis(2-hydroxycyclopentyl)ether;
- the alicyclic diols and their derivatives that are preferred include: (1) the saturated diols and their derivatives including: 1-isopropyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol; 3-ethyl4-methyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol; 3-propyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol; 3-isopropyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol; 1-ethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 1,2-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 1,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 2,4,5-trimethyl-1,3-cyclopentanediol; 3,3-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 3,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 3,5-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 3-ethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol
- the most preferred saturated alicyclic diols and their derivatives are: 1-isopropyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol; 3-ethyl-4-methyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol; 3-propyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol; 3-isopropyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol; 1-ethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 1,2-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 1,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 3,3-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 3,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 3,5-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 3-ethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 4,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 4-ethyl-1,2-cyclopentan
- Preferred aromatic diols include: 1-phenyl-1,2-ethanediol; 1-phenyl-1,2-propanediol; 2-phenyl-1,2-propanediol; 3-phenyl-1,2-propanediol; 1-(3-methylphenyl)-1,3-propanediol; 1-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3-propanediol; 2-methyl-1-phenyl-1,3-propanediol; 1-phenyl-1,3-butanediol; 3-phenyl-1,3-butanediol; and/or 1-phenyl-1,4-butanediol, of which, 1-phenyl-1,2-propanediol; 2-phenyl-1,2-propanediol; 3-phenyl-1,2-propanediol; 1-(3-methylphenyl)-1,3-propanediol; 1-(4-
- the specific preferred unsaturated diol principal solvents are: 1,3-butanediol, 2,2-diallyl-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-(1-ethyl-1-propenyl)-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-(2-butenyl)-2-methyl-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-(3-methyl-2-butenyl)-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2-(2-propenyl)-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-2-(1-methyl-2-propenyl)-; 1,4-butanediol, 2,3-bis(1-methylethylidene)-; 1,3-pentane
- Said principal alcohol solvent can also preferably be selected from the group consisting of: 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-hexanediol; 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol; 2-methyl-2-propyl-1,3-propanediol; 1,2-hexanediol; and mixtures thereof. More preferably said principal alcohol solvent is selected from the group consisting of 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol; 2-methyl-2-propyl-1,3-propanediol; 1,2-hexanediol; and mixtures thereof. Even more preferably, said principal alcohol solvent is selected from the groups consisting of 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol; 1,2-hexanediol; and mixtures thereof.
- 2,2-Dimethyl-6-heptene-1,3-diol (CAS No. 140192-39-8) is a preferred C9-diol principal solvent and can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding a CH 2 group and a double bond to either of the following preferred C8-diol principal solvents: 2-methyl-1,3-heptanediol or 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-hexanediol.
- 2,4-Dimethyl-5-heptene-1,3-diol (CAS No. 123363-69-9) is a preferred C9-diol principal solvent and can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding a CH 2 group and a double bond to either of the following preferred C8-diol principal solvents: 2-methyl-1,3-heptanediol or 2,4-dimethyl-1,3-hexanediol.
- 2-(1-Ethyl-1-propenyl)-1,3-butanediol (CAS No. 116103-35-6) is a preferred C9-diol principal solvent and can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding a CH 2 group and a double bond to either of the following preferred C8-diol principal solvents: 2-(1-ethylpropyl)-1,3-propanediol or 2-(1-methylpropyl)-1,3-butanediol.
- 2-Ethenyl-3-ethyl-1,3-pentanediol (CAS No. 104683-37-6) is a preferred C9-diol principal solvent and can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding a CH 2 group and a double bond to either of the following preferred C8-diol principal solvents: 3-ethyl-2-methyl-1,3-pentanediol or 2-ethyl-3-methyl-1,3-pentanediol.
- 3,6-Dimethyl-5-heptene-1,4-diol (e.g., CAS No. 106777-99-5) is a preferred C9-diol principal solvent and can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding a CH 2 group and a double bond to any of the following preferred C8-diol principal solvents: 3-methyl-1,4-heptanediol; 6-methyl-1,4-heptanediol; or 3,5-dimethyl-1,4-hexanediol.
- 5,6-Dimethyl-6-heptene-1,4-diol is a preferred C9-diol principal solvent and can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding a CH 2 group and a double bond to any of the following preferred C8-diol principal solvents: 5-methyl-1,4-heptanediol; 6-methyl-1,4-heptanediol; or 4,5-dimethyl-1,3-hexanediol.
- 4-Methyl-6-octene-3,5-diol (CAS No. 156414-254) is a preferred C9-diol principal solvent and can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding a CH 2 group and a double bond to any of the following preferred C8-diol principal solvents: 3,5-octanediol, 3-methyl-2,4-heptanediol or 4-methyl-3,5-heptanediol.
- Rosiridol (CAS No. 101391-01-9) and isorosiridol (CAS No. 149252-15-3) are two isomers of 3,7-dimethyl-2,6-octadiene-1,4-diol, and are preferred C10-diol principal solvents.
- 8-Hydroxylinalool (CAS No. 103619-06-3, 2,6-dimethyl-2,7-octadiene-1,6-diol) is a preferred C10-diol principal solvent and can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding two CH 2 groups and two double bonds to any of the following preferred C8-diol principal solvents: 2-methyl-1,5-heptanediol; 5-methyl-1,5-heptanediol; 2-methyl-1,6-heptanediol; 6-methyl-1,6-heptanediol; or 2,4-dimethyl-1,4-hexanediol.
- 2,7-Dimethyl-3,7-octadiene-2,5-diol (CAS No. 171436-39-8) is a preferred C10-diol principal solvent and can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding two CH 2 group and two double bond to any of the following preferred C8-diol principal solvents: 2,5-octanediol; 6-methyl-1,4-heptanediol; 2-methyl-2,4-heptanediol; 6-methyl-2,4-heptanediol; 2-methyl-2,5-heptanediol; 6-methyl-2,5-heptanediol; and 2,5-dimethyl-2,4-hexanediol.
- 4-Butyl-2-butene-1,4-diol (CAS No. 153943-66-9) is a preferred C8-diol principal solvent and can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding a CH 2 group and a double bond to any of the following preferred C7-diol principal solvents: 2-propyl-1,4-butanediol or 2-butyl-1,3-propanediol.
- 3,5-dimethyl-5-hexene-2,4-diol is a poor unsaturated C8 solvent, and can be considered to be derived from the following poor saturated C7 solvents: 3-methyl-2,4-hexanediol; 5-methyl-2,4-hexanediol; or 2,4-dimethyl-1,3-pentanediol; and 2,6-dimethyl-5-heptene-1,2-diol (e.g., CAS No.
- saturated principal solvents always have unsaturated analogs/homologs with the same degree of acceptability.
- the exception relates to saturated diol principal solvents having the two hydroxyl groups situated on two adjacent carbon atoms.
- inserting one, or more, CH 2 groups between the two adjacent hydroxyl groups of a poor solvent results in a higher molecular weight unsaturated homolog which is more suitable for the clear, concentrated fabric softener formulation.
- the preferred unsaturated 6,6-dimethyl-1-heptene-3,5-diol CAS No.
- the inoperable unsaturated 2,4-dimethyl-5-hexene-2,4-diol (CAS No. 87604-24-8) having no adjacent hydroxyl groups can be considered to be derived from the preferred 2,3-dimethyl-2,3-pentanediol which has adjacent hydroxyl groups.
- an inoperable unsaturated solvent having no adjacent hydroxyl groups can be considered to be derived from an inoperable solvent which has adjacent hydroxyl groups, such as the pair 4,5-dimethyl-6-hexene-1,3-diol and 3,4-dimethyl-1,2-pentanediol. Therefore, in order to deduce the formulatability of an unsaturated solvent having no adjacent hydroxyl groups, one should start from a low molecular weight saturated homolog also not having adjacent hydroxyl groups. I.e., in general, the relationship is more reliable when the distance/relationship of the two hydroxy groups is maintained. I.e., it is reliable to start from a saturated solvent with adjacent hydroxyl groups to deduce the formulatability of the higher molecular weight unsaturated homologs also having adjacent hydroxyl groups.
- the principal solvents are desirably kept to the lowest levels that are feasible in the present compositions for obtaining translucency or clarity.
- the presence of water exerts an important effect on the need for the principal solvents to achieve clarity of these compositions.
- the softener active-to-principal solvent weight ratio is preferably from about 55:45 to about 85:15, more preferably from about 60:40 to about 80:20.
- the softener active-to-principal solvent weight ratio is preferably from about 45:55 to about 70:30, more preferably from about 55:45 to about 70:30. But at high water levels of from about 70% to about 80%, the softener active-to-principal solvent weight ratio is preferably from about 30:70 to about 55:45, more preferably from about 35:65 to about 45:55. At even higher water levels, the softener to principal solvent ratios should also be even higher.
- Mixtures of the above principal solvents are particularly preferred, since one of the problems associated with large amounts of solvents is safety. Mixtures decrease the amount of any one material that is present. Odor and flammability can also be mimimized by use of mixtures, especially when one of the principal solvents is volatile and/or has an odor, which is more likely for low molecular weight materials.
- Suitable solvents that can be used at levels that would not be sufficient to produce a clear product are 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentane diol; the ethoxylate, diethoxylate, or triethoxylate derivatives of 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentane diol; and/or 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol.
- these solvents should only be used at levels that will not provide a stable, or clear product.
- Preferred mixtures are those where the majority of the solvent is one, or more, that have been identified hereinbefore as most preferred.
- the use of mixtures of solvents is also preferred, especially when one, or more, of the preferred principal solvents are solid at room temperature. In this case, the mixtures are fluid, or have lower melting points, thus improving processability of the softener compositions.
- an effective amount of the principal solvent(s) of this invention is at least greater than about 5%, preferably more than about 7%, more preferably more than about 10% of the composition, when at least about 15% of the softener active is also present.
- the substitute solvent(s) can be used at any level, but preferably about equal to, or less than, the amount of operable principal solvent, as defined hereinbefore, that is present in the fabric softener composition.
- HPHP hydroxy pivalyl hydroxy pivalate
- mixtures of these solvents with the principal solvent e.g., with the preferred 1,2-hexanediol principal solvent, wherein the 1,2-hexanediol principal solvent is present at effective levels, also provide liquid concentrated, clear fabric softener compositions.
- the principal solvent can be used to either make a composition translucent or clear, or can be used to reduce the temperature at which the composition is translucent or clear.
- the invention also comprises the method of adding the principal solvent, at the previously indicated levels, to a composition that is not translucent, or clear, or which has a temperature where instability occurs that is too high, to make the composition translucent or clear, or, when the composition is clear, e.g., at ambient temperature, or down to a specific temperature, to reduce the temperature at which instability occurs, preferably by at least about 5° C., more preferably by at least about 10° C.
- the principal advantage of the principal solvent is that it provides the maximum advantage for a given weight of solvent. It is understood that “solvent”, as used herein, refers to the effect of the principal solvent and not to its physical form at a given temperature, since some of the principal solvents are solids at ambient temperature.
- alkyl lactate esters e.g., ethyl lactate and isopropyl lactate have ClogP values within the effective range of from about 0.15 to about 0.64, and can form liquid concentrated, clear fabric softener compositions with the fabric softener actives of this invention, but need to be used at a slightly higher level than the more effective diol solvents like 1,2-hexanediol. They can also be used to substitute for part of other principal solvents of this invention to form liquid concentrated, clear fabric softener compositions. This is illustrated in Example I-C.
- compositions of the present invention all include one or more chelating agents such as copper and/or nickel chelating agents (“chelators”).
- chelating agents of the present invention are added to aid in the reduction of color forming bodies thereby aiding the clarity of the clear or translucent composition and to reduce malodor. While not wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the addition of a chelating agent reduces or minimizes the presence of color forming bodies which may be present in the fabric softening active. In addition, the presence of a chelating agent minimizes or reduces any malodor which may be associated with the fabric softening active.
- compositions of the present invention include the presence of a chelating agent as an essential component of the composition.
- the chelating agent may be present in the composition in the range of from about 0.001% to about 10% by weight of the composition. More preferably the chelant is present in the range of from about 0.01% to about 5% and most preferably in the range of from about 0.01% to about 3% by weight of the composition.
- Such water-soluble chelating agents can be selected from the group consisting of amino carboxylates, amino phosphonates, polyfunctionally-substituted aromatic chelating agents and mixtures thereof, all as hereinafter defined and all preferably in their acidic form.
- Amino carboxylates useful as chelating agents herein include ethylenedi-aminetetraacetates acid (EDTA), N-hydroxyethylethylenediaminetriacetates acid, nitrilotri-acetates (NTA), ethylenediamine tetraproprionates, ethylenediamine-N,N′-diglutamates, 2-hyroxypropylenediamine-N,N′-disuccinates, triethylenetetraaminehexacetates, diethylenetriaminepentaacetates (DETPA) such as diethylenetriaminepentacetic acid (DTPA), and ethanoldiglycines, including their water-soluble salts such as the alkali metal, ammonium, and substituted ammonium salts thereof and mixtures thereof.
- EDTA ethylenedi-aminetetraacetates acid
- NDA nitrilotri-acetates
- DTPA diethylenetriaminepentacetic acid
- ethanoldiglycines
- Amino phosphonates are also suitable for use as chelating agents in the compositions of the invention when at least low levels of total phosphorus are permitted in detergent compositions, and include ethylenediaminetetrakis (methylenephosphonates), diethylenetriamine-N,N,N′,N′′,N′′-pentakis(methane phosphonate) (DETMP) and 1-hydroxyethane-1,1-diphosphonate (HEDP).
- these amino phosphonates to not contain alkyl or alkenyl groups with more than about 6 carbon atoms.
- the chelating agents are typically used in the present rinse process at levels from about 2 ppm to about 25 ppm, for periods from 1 minute up to several hours' soaking.
- the EDDS chelator which may be used herein (also known as ethylenediamine-N,N′-disuccinate) is the material described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,704,233, cited hereinabove, and has the formula (shown in free acid form):
- EDDS can be prepared using maleic anhydride and ethylenediamine.
- the biodegradable [S,S] isomer of EDDS can be prepared by reacting L-aspartic acid with 1,2-dibromoethane.
- the EDDS employed herein as a chelator is typically in its salt form, i.e., wherein one or more of the four acidic hydrogens are replaced by a water-soluble cation M, such as sodium, potassium, ammonium, triethanolammonium, and the like.
- the EDDS chelator is also typically used in the present rinse process at levels from about 2 ppm to about 25 ppm for periods from 1 minute up to several hours' soaking. At certain pH's the EDDS may be used in combination with zinc cations.
- chelators may be used herein. Indeed, simple polycarboxylates such as citrate, oxydisuccinate, and the like, may also be used, although such chelators are not as effective as the amino carboxylates and phosphonates, on a weight basis. Accordingly, usage levels may be adjusted to take into account differing degrees of chelating effectiveness.
- the chelators herein will preferably have a stability constant (of the fully ionized chelator) for copper ions of at least about 5, preferably at least about 7. Typically, the chelators will comprise from about 0.5% to about 10%, more preferably from about 0.75% to about 5%, by weight of the compositions herein.
- Preferred chelators include DETMP, DETPA, DTPA, NTA, EDDS and mixtures thereof with DTPA being the most preferred.
- compositions of the present invention comprise liquid rinse added fabric softening compositions which are clear or translucent.
- clear compositions it is intended that the compositions of the present invention are preferably substantially free of significant color such that the compositions generally appear as clear as water.
- a small amount of color may be present in the compositions of the present invention.
- the compositions of the present invention will appear clear when packaged in a suitable container of an offset color shade so that the color of the composition is offset and the composition appears clear when viewed through the container.
- the color or clarity of the present invention may be measured via a Hunter Color analysis.
- a Hunter Color analysis is well known to one of ordinary skill in the art. The analysis is performed on a Hunter Lab ColorQuest Instrument available from Hunter Labs of Reston, Va. The Hunter Lab ColorQuest Instrument can perform two separate measurements for the purposes of measuring the color or clarity of the compositions of the present invention, a CIELAB color measurement and a measurement of the percentage (%) of Haze in the solution in the transmission mode of the instrument. Both measurements are run on the Hunter Lab ColorQuest Instrument using the total transmission mode. The settings for the instrument are 0.25′′ area view, 0.25′′ port size, UV filter out, no UV lamp, deionized water as the standard and a 30 mm cell.
- CIELAB is a scale used to measure the color of solutions.
- One of ordinary skill in the art is familiar with the CIELAB scale.
- a Color difference measurement involves measuring the composition at the point of intial mixing and then measuring the color of the composition after a set period of time under specified conditions. The difference between the initial point in time and final point in time is then the CIELAB color difference.
- the clear compositions have a CIELAB color difference of about 5 or less from initial to 10 days storage at 120° F., more preferably of about 1 or less and most preferably of about 0.1 or less.
- Percentage haze in the transmission mode measures the amount of haze, i.e the clarity of the compositions.
- the compositions of the present invention have a percent haze in the transmission mode of a Hunter Color analysis of about 90% or less, more preferably of about 50% or less and most preferably of about 25% or less.
- Low molecular weight water soluble solvents can also be used at levels of from 0% to about 12%, preferably from about 1% to about 10%, more preferably from about 2% to about 8%.
- the water soluble solvents cannot provide a clear product at the same low levels of the principal solvents described hereinbefore but can provide clear product when the principal solvent is not sufficient to provide a completely clear product. The presence of these water soluble solvents is therefore highly desirable.
- Such solvents include: ethanol; isopropanol; 1,2-propanediol; 1,3-propanediol; propylene carbonate; etc. but do not include any of the principal solvents (B).
- These water soluble solvents have a greater affinity for water in the presence of hydrophobic materials like the softener active than the principal solvents.
- compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, dye transfer inhibiting agents, polymeric dispersing agents, soil release agents, scum dispersants, suds suppressors, optical brighteners or other brightening or whitening agents, dye fixing agents, light fading protection agents, oxygen bleach protection agents, fabric softening clay, anti-static agents, carriers, hydrotropes, processing aids, dyes or pigments, bactericides, colorants, perfumes, preservatives, opacifiers, anti-shrinkage agents, anti-wrinkle agents, fabric crisping agents, spotting agents, germicides, fungicides, anti-corrosion agents, and the like.
- Particularly preferred optional ingredients include water soluble calcium and/or magnesium compounds, which provide additional stability.
- the chloride salts are preferred, but acetate, nitrate, etc. salts can be used.
- the level of said calcium and/or magnesium salts is from 0% to about 2%, preferably from about 0.05% to about 0.5%, more preferably from about 0.1% to about 0.25%.
- compositions herein can optionally employ one or more enzymes such as lipases, proteases, cellulase, amylases and peroxidases.
- a preferred enzyme for use herein is a cellulase enzyme. Indeed, this type of enzyme will further provide a color care benefit to the treated fabric.
- Cellulases usable herein include both bacterial and fungal types, preferably having a pH optimum between 5 and 9.5.
- Suitable fungal cellulases from Humicola insolens or Humicola strain DSM1800 or a cellulase 212-producing fungus belonging to the genus Aeromonas , and cellulase extracted from the hepatopancreas of a marine mollusk, Dolabella Auricula Solander .
- Suitable cellulases are also disclosed in GB-A-2.075.028; GB-A-2.095.275 and DE-OS-2.247.832.
- CAREZYME® and CELLUZYME® are especially useful.
- Other suitable cellulases are also disclosed in WO 91/17243 to Novo, WO 96/34092, WO 96/34945 and EP-A-0,739,982.
- compositions herein will typically comprise from 0.001% to 5%, preferably 0.01%-1% by weight of a commercial enzyme preparation.
- activity units are preferred (e.g. CEVU or cellulase Equivalent Viscosity Units).
- the compositions of the present invention can contain cellulase enzymes at a level equivalent to an activity from about 0.5 to 1000 CEVU/gram of composition.
- Cellulase enzyme preparations used for the purpose of formulating the compositions of this invention typically have an activity comprised between 1,000 and 10,000 CEVU/gram in liquid form, around 1,000 CEVU/gram in solid form.
- the present invention can also include other compatible ingredients, including those as disclosed in copending applications Ser. No. 08/372,068, filed Jan. 12, 1995, Rusche, et al.; Ser. No. 08/372,490, filed Jan. 12, 1995, Shaw, et al.; and Ser. No. 08/277,558, filed Jul. 19, 1994, Hartman, et al., incorporated herein by reference.
- This synthesis method is a general preparation of ⁇ , ⁇ -type diols derived from substituted cyclic alkenes.
- cyclic alkenes are the alkylated isomers of cyclopentene, cyclohexene, and cycloheptene.
- the general formula of useful alkylated cyclic alkenes is wherein each R is H, or C 1 -C 4 -alkyl, and where x is 3, 4, or 5.
- Cyclic alkenes may be converted to the terminal diols by a three step reaction sequence.
- Step 1 is the reaction of the cyclic alkene with ozone (O 3 ) in a solvent such as anhydrous ethyl acetate to form the intermediate ozonide.
- Step 2 the ozonide is reduced by, e.g., palladium catalyst/H 2 to the dialdehyde which is then converted in Step 3 to the target diol by borohydride reduction.
- the 1,2-diols are generally prepared by direct hydroxylation of the appropriate substituted olefins.
- the alkene is reacted with hydrogen peroxide (30%) and a catalytic amount of osmium tetroxide in t-butyl alcohol or other suitable solvent.
- the reaction is cooled to about 0° C. and allowed to run overnight. Unreacted compounds and solvent are removed by distillation and the desired 1,2-diol isolated by distillation or crystallization.
- An alternate method is the conversion of the olefin to the epoxide by the reaction of m-chloroperbenzoic acid, or peracetic acid, in a solvent such as methylene chloride at temperatures below about 25° C.
- the epoxide generated by this chemistry is then opened to the diol by, e.g., hydrolysis with dilute sulfuric acid. Step 3 to the target diol by borohydride reduction.
- This preparation is for the general type of 1,3-diols and accommodates a variety of structural features.
- Enamines are formed from both ketones and aldehydes which react with acid chlorides to form the acylated product.
- the acylated amine derivative is hydrolyzed back to its acylated carbonyl compound which is the 1,3-dicarbonyl precursor to the desired 1,3-diol.
- the diol is generated by borohydride reduction of the 1,3-dicarbonyl compound.
- acetaldehyde may be reacted with a secondary amine, preferably cyclic amines such as pyrrolidine or morpholine, by heating at reflux in a solvent such as toluene and with a catalytic amount of p-toluene sulfonic acid.
- a secondary amine preferably cyclic amines such as pyrrolidine or morpholine
- water is produced and is removed, e.g., by reflux through a water trap.
- the reaction mixture is stripped, e.g., under vacuum, to remove the solvent, if desired (the acylation can be done in the same solvent systems in most cases).
- the anhydrous crude enamine containing some excess amine is reacted with the appropriate acid chloride at about 20° C. to give the acylated enamine.
- This reaction is usually allowed to stir overnight at room temperature.
- the total reaction mixture is then poured over crushed ice, stirred, and the mixture made acidic with 20% HCl.
- This treatment hydrolyzes the enamine to the acylated dicarbonyl compound.
- This intermediate is then isolated by extraction and distillation to remove low boiling impurities, then reduced by sodium borohydride to the desired 1,3-diol.
- the typical reactions involve one or more aldehydes, one or more ketones, and mixtures thereof, which have at least one alpha-hydrogen atom on the carbon atom next to the carbonyl group.
- Typical examples of some reactants and some potential final products are as follows 2 R—CH 2 —CHO ⁇ HO—CH 2 —CH(R)—CHOH—CH 2 —R R—CH 2 —CHO+R′—CH 2 —CHO ⁇ HO—CH 2 —CH(R)—CHOH—CH 2 —R+HO—CH 2 —CH(R′)—CHOH—CH 2 —R′+HO—CH 2 —CH(R′)—CHOH—CH 2 —R+HO—CH 2 —CH(R)—CHOH—CH 2 —R′ R—CH 2 —CHO+R′—CO—CH 3 ⁇ HO—CH 2 —CH(R)—CHOH—CH 2 —R+R—CH 2 —CHOH CH 2 —CHOH—R′
- the aldehyde, ketone, or mixture thereof which is to be condensed is placed in an autoclave under an inert atmosphere with a solvent such as butanol or with a phase transfer medium such as polyethylene glycol.
- a mixed condensation such as with a ketone and an aldehyde is the target, typically the two reactants are used in about 1:1 mole ratio.
- a catalytic amount of strongly alkaline catalyst such as sodium methoxide is added, typically about 0.5-10 mole % of the reactants.
- the autoclave is sealed, and the mixture is heated at about 35-100° C. until most of the original reactants have been converted, usually about 5 minutes to about 3 hours.
- the crude mixture is neutralized and the carbonyl functions present are reduced by hydrogenation over Raney Ni at about 100° C. and about 50 atm for about 1 hour. Volatile components are removed by distillation and the desired diol principal solvents are obtained by vacuum distillation.
- n-butanol about 148 g, about 2 mole, Aldrich
- sodium metal about 2.3 g, about 0.1 mole, Aldrich
- a mixture of butyraldehyde (about 72 g, about 1 mole, Aldrich) and isobutyraldehyde (about 72 g, about 1 mole, Aldrich) is added and the system is held at about 40° C. until most of the original aldehydes have undergone reaction.
- the base catalyst is neutralized by careful addition of sulfuric acid, any salts are removed by filtration, and the solution is hydrogenated over Raney Ni at about 100° C. at about 50 atm of pressure for about 1 hour to yield a mixture of 8-carbon, 1,3-diols.
- the butanol solvent and any isobutanol formed during the hydrogenation are removed by distillation to yield the eight-carbon-1,3-diol mixture of: 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol; 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol; 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-hexanediol; and 2-ethyl4-methyl-1,3-pentanediol.
- this mixture is further purified by vacuum distillation, or by decolorization with activated charcoal.
- the recovered solvent is used for further batches of diol production.
- the base catalyst is neutralized by careful addition of sulfuric acid and any salts are removed by filtration. Optionally, unreacted starting materials are removed by distillation along with the reaction solvent.
- the mixture containing the condensation products is hydrogenated over Raney Ni at about 100° C. and about 50 atm.
- Condition C The above condensation is repeated except that about one mole of 2-butanone is placed in the reaction vessel with the solvent and catalyst and about one mole of butyraldehyde is gradually added. Conditions are adjusted such that the self-condensation rate of 2-butanone is slow and the more reactive carbonyl of the aldehyde reacts promptly upon addition. This results in a reaction product with a higher proportion of the diols resulting from the condensation of 2-butanone with butyraldehyde and from self-condensation of 2-butanone and a smaller proportion of the diol resulting from self-condensation of butyraldehyde.
- Condition D The above condensation C. is repeated under low temperature conditions. About 1.0 mole portion of 2-butanone is dissolved in about 5 volumes of dry tetrahydrofuran. The solution is cooled to about ⁇ 78° C., and about 0.95 mole of potassium hydride is added in portions. After the hydrogen evolution has ceased, the solution is held for about one hour to allow for equilibration to the more stable enolate and then one mole of n-butyraldehyde is added slowly with good stirring while maintaining the temperature at about ⁇ 78° C. After addition is complete, the solution is allowed to gradually warm to room temperature and is neutralized by careful addition of sulfuric acid. Salts are removed by filtration.
- unreacted starting materials are removed by distillation along with the reaction solvent.
- the mixture containing the condensation products is hydrogenated over Raney Ni at about 100° C. and about 50 atm. for about 1 hour to yield predominantly the diol resulting from the condensation of the enolate of 2-butanone with butyraldehyde, 3,5-octanediol.
- Purification is optionally accomplished by distillation.
- the mixtures prepared by the condensation of butyraldehyde, isobutyraldehyde, and/or methyl ethyl ketone preferably have no more than about 90%, preferably no more than about 80%, more preferably no more than about 70%, even more preferably no more than about 60%, and most preferably no more than about 50%, by weight of any one specific compound.
- the reaction mixtures should not contain more than about 95%, preferably no more than about 90%, more preferably no more than about 85%, and most preferably no more than about 80%, by weight, of butyraldehyde or isobutyraldehyde.
- Dimetallic acetylides Na + ⁇ :C ⁇ C: 31 Na + react with aldehydes or ketones to form unsaturated alcohols, e.g.,
- the resulting acetylenic diol is then reduced to the alkene or completely reduced to the saturated diol.
- the reaction can also be done by using an about 18% slurry of mono-sodium acetylide with the carbonyl compound to form the acetylenic alcohol which can be converted to the sodium salt and reacted with another mole of carbonyl compound to give the unsaturated 1,4- diol.
- mono-sodium acetylide with the carbonyl compound to form the acetylenic alcohol which can be converted to the sodium salt and reacted with another mole of carbonyl compound to give the unsaturated 1,4- diol.
- a sodium acetylide (about 18% in xylene) slurry is reacted with isobutryaldehyde to form the acetylenic alcohol (CH 3 ) 2 CH—CHO+NaC ⁇ CH ⁇ (CH 3 ) 2 CH—CHOH—C ⁇ C—H
- the acetylenic (ethynyl) alcohol is converted with base to the sodium acetylide R—CHOH—C ⁇ CNa which is then reacted with a mole of acetaldehyde to give the ethynyl diol R—CHOH—C ⁇ C—CHOH—R′.
- This compound, (CH 3 ) 2 CH—CHOH—C ⁇ C—CHOH—CH3 can be isolated as the unsaturated diol, if desired, reduced by catalytic hydrogenation to the corresponding material containing a double bond in place of the acetylenic bond, or further reduced by catalytic hydrogenation to the saturated 1,4-diol.
- This method of preparation is for the synthesis of diols, especially several 1,4-diols, which are derived from dicarboxylic acid anhydrides, diesters and lactones, but not limited to the 1,4-diols or four-carbon diacids.
- diols are generally synthesized by the reduction of the parent anhydride, lactone or diester with sodium bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum hydride (Red-Al) as the reducing agent.
- This reducing agent is commercially available as a 3.1 molar solution in toluene and delivers one mole of hydrogen per mole of reagent.
- Diesters and cyclic anhydrides require about 3 moles of Red-Al per mole of substrate.
- the typical reduction is carried out as follows.
- the anhydride is first dissolved in anhydrous toluene and placed in a reaction vessel equipped with dropping funnel, mechanical stirrer, thermometer and a reflux condenser connected to calcium chloride and soda lime tubes to exclude moisture and carbon dioxide.
- the reducing agent, in toluene is placed in the dropping funnel and is added slowly to the stirred anhydride solution.
- the reaction is exothermic and the temperature is allowed to reach about 80° C. It is maintained at about 80° C. during the remaining addition time and for about two hours following addition.
- reaction mixture is then allowed to cool back to room temperature.
- the mixture is added to a stirred aqueous HCl solution (about 20% concentration) which is cooled in an ice bath, and the temperature is maintained at about 20 to 30° C.
- acidification the mixture is separated in a separatory funnel and the organic layer washed with a dilute salt solution until neutral to pH paper.
- the neutral diol solution is dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, then stripped under vacuum to yield the desired 1,4-diol.
- This method is a general preparation of some 1,3-, 1,4- and 1,5-diols which utilizes the chemistry outlined in Method A-1 and Method A-2.
- the variation here is the use of a cyclic alkadienes in place of the cycloalkenes described in Methods A.
- the general formula for the starting materials is wherein each R is H, or C 1 -C 4 -alkyl and wherein x is 1, 2 or 3.
- the reactions are those of Methods A with the variation of having one mole of ethylene glycol generated for each mole of the desired diol principal solvent formed, e.g., the following preparation of 2,2-dimethyl-1,4-haxanediol from 1-ethyl-5,5-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol (CAS No. 79419-18-4):
- the polyethoxylated derivatives of diol principal solvents are typically prepared in a high-pressure reactor under a nitrogen atmosphere.
- a suitable amount of ethylene oxide is added to a mixture of a diol solvent and potassium hydroxide at high temperature (from about 80° C. to about 170° C.).
- the amount of ethylene oxide is calculated relative to the amount of the diol solvent in order to add the right number of ethylene oxide groups per molecule of diol.
- Methyl-capped polyethoxylated derivatives of diols are typically prepared either by reacting a methoxypoly(ethoxy)ethyl chloride (i.e., CH 3 O—(CH 2 CH 2 O) n —CH 2 CH 2 —Cl) of the desired chain length with the selected diol, or by reacting a methyl-capped polyethylene glycol (i.e., CH 3 O—(CH 2 CH 2 O) n —CH 2 CH 2 —OH) of the desired chain length with the epoxy precursor of the diol, or a combination of these methods.
- a methoxypoly(ethoxy)ethyl chloride i.e., CH 3 O—(CH 2 CH 2 O) n —CH 2 CH 2 —Cl
- a methyl-capped polyethylene glycol i.e., CH 3 O—(CH 2 CH 2 O) n —CH 2 CH 2 —OH
- reaction mixture is cooled, poured into an equal volume of water, neutralized with 6 N HCl, saturated with sodium chloride, and extracted twice with dichloromethane.
- dichloromethane layers are dried over sodium sulfate and solvent is stripped to yield the desired polyether alcohol in crude form.
- purification is accomplished by fractional vacuum distillation.
- Saturated sodium chloride solution is slowly added to the material until the thionyl chloride is destroyed.
- the material is taken up in about 300 ml of saturated sodium chloride solution and extracted with about 500 ml of methylene chloride.
- the organic layer is dried and solvent is stripped on a rotary evaporator to yield crude methoxyethoxyethyl chloride.
- purification is accomplished by fractional vacuum distillation.
- the alcohol C 2 H 5 CH(OH)CH(CH 3 )CH 2 OH (about 116 grams, about 1.0 mole), is placed in a 1-liter, three-neck round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirring bar, condenser, and temperature controller (Thermowatch®, I 2 R) along with about 100 ml of tetrahydrofuran as solvent.
- sodium hydride about 32 grams, about 1.24 moles
- Methoxytriethoxyethyl chloride about 242 grams, about 1.2 moles, prepared as above is added and the system is held at reflux for about 48 hours.
- the reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and water is cautiously added dropwise with stirring to decompose excess hydride.
- the tetrahydrofuran is stripped off on a rotary evaporator.
- the crude product is dissolved in about 400 ml of water and enough sodium chloride is dissolved in the water to bring it nearly to the saturation level.
- the mixture is then extracted twice with about 300 ml portions of dichloromethane.
- the combined dichloromethane layers are dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent is then stripped on a rotary evaporator to yield the crude product.
- purification is accomplished by further stripping of unreacted starting materials and low MW by-products by utilizing a kugelrohr apparatus at about 150° C. under vacuum.
- further purification is accomplished by vacuum distillation to yield the title polyether.
- a three neck, round bottom flask is equipped with a magnetic stir bar, a solid CO 2 -cooled condenser, an addition funnel, a thermometer, and a temperature control device (Therm-O-Watch, I2R).
- the system is swept free of air by a stream of nitrogen and then is equipped for blanketing the reaction mixture with a nitrogen atmosphere.
- To the reaction flask is added the dry alcohol or diol to be propoxylated. About 0.1-5 mole % of sodium metal is added cautiously to the reaction vessel in portions with heating if necessary to get all the sodium to react.
- the reaction mixture is then heated to about 80-130° C.
- propylene oxide (Aldrich) is added dropwise from the dropping funnel at a rate to maintain a small amount of reflux from the solid CO 2 -cooled condenser. Addition of propylene oxide is continued until the desired amount has been added for the target degree of propoxylation. Heating is continued until all reflux of propylene oxide ceases and the temperature is maintained for about an additional hour to ensure complete reaction. The reaction mixture is then cooled to room temperature and is neutralized by careful addition of a convenient acid such as methanesulfonic acid. Any salts are removed by filtration to give the desired propoxylated product. The average degree of propoxylation is typically confirmed by integration of the 1 H-NMR spectrum.
- a three neck, round bottom flask is equipped with a magnetic stir bar, a solid CO 2 -cooled condenser, an addition funnel, a thermometer, and a temperature control device (Therm-O-Watch, I2R).
- the system is swept free of air by a stream of nitrogen and then is equipped for blanketing the reaction mixture with a nitrogen atmosphere.
- To the reaction flask is added the dry alcohol or diol to be butoxylated. About 0.1-5 mole % of sodium metal is added cautiously to the reaction vessel in portions with heating if necessary to get all the sodium to react.
- the reaction mixture is then heated to about 80-130° C.
- ⁇ -butylene oxide (Aldrich) is added dropwise from the dropping funnel at a rate to maintain a small amount of reflux from the solid CO 2 -cooled condenser. Addition of butylene oxide is continued until the desired amount has been added for the target degree of butoxylation. Heating is continued until all reflux of butylene oxide ceases and the temperature is maintained for about an additional one to two hours to ensure complete reaction. The reaction mixture is then cooled to room temperature and is neutralized by careful addition of a convenient acid such as methanesulfonic acid. Any salts are removed by filtration to give the desired butoxylated product. The average degree of butoxylation is typically confirmed by integration of the 1 H-NMR spectrum.
- a dry portion of about 0.1 mole of the desired alcohol or diol starting material is placed in a 3-neck, round bottom flask equipped with magnetic stirrer, condenser, internal thermometer and an argon blanketing system. If the desired average degree of “tetramethyleneoxylation” is about one per hydroxyl group, about 0.11 moles of 2-(4-chlorobutoxy)tetrahydropyran (ICI) is added per mole of alcohol function. A solvent is added if necessary such as dry tetrahydrofuran, dioxane or dimethylformamide. Then sodium hydride (about 5 mole % excess relative to the chloro compound) is added in small portions with good stirring while maintaining a temperature of about 30-120° C.
- 2-(4-chlorobutoxy)tetrahydropyran ICI
- the temperature is maintained until all of the alcohol groups have been alkylated, usually about 4-24 hours.
- the reaction is complete, it is cooled and the excess hydride is decomposed by careful addition of methanol in small portions. Then about an equal volume of water is added and the pH is adjusted to about 2 with sulfuric acid. After warming to about 40° C. and holding it there for about 15 minutes to hydrolyze the tetrahydropyranyl protecting group, the reaction mixture is neutralized with sodium hydroxide and the solvents are stripped on a rotary evaporator. The residue is taken up in ether or methylene chloride and salts are removed by filtration. Stripping yields the crude tetramethyleneoxylated alcohol or diol.
- Further purification may be accomplished by vacuum distillation. If a final average degree of tetramethyleneoxylation of less than one is desired, a correspondingly lesser amount of chloro compound and hydride are used. For average degrees of tetramethyleneoxylation greater than one, the entire process is repeated in cycles until the buildup reaches the target level.
- a convenient method to prepare alkyl and/or aryl monoglycerol ethers consists of first preparing the corresponding alkyl glycidyl ether precursor. This is then converted to a ketal, which is then hydrolyzed to the monoglyceryl ether (diol). Following is the illustrative example of the preparation of the preferred n-pentyl monoglycerol ether, (i.e., 3-(pentyloxy)-1,2-propanediol) n-C 5 H 11 —O—CHOH—CH 2 OH.
- a 3-neck, 2-liter round bottomed reaction flask (equipped with overhead stirrer, cold water condenser, mercury thermometer and addition funnel) are charged with about 546 g of aqueous NaOH (about 50% concentration) and about 38.5 g of tetrabutylammonium hydrogen sulfate (PTC, phase transfer catalyst). The content of the flask is stirred to achieve dissolution and then about 200 g of 1-pentanol is added along with about 400 ml hexanes (a mixture of isomers, with about 85% n-hexane).
- PTC tetrabutylammonium hydrogen sulfate
- 1-pentanol 1-pentanol is added along with about 400 ml hexanes (a mixture of isomers, with about 85% n-hexane).
- epichlorohydrin which is slowly added (dropwise) to the stirring reaction mix. The temperature gradually rises to about 68° C. due to the reaction
- the crude reaction mix is diluted with about 500 ml of warm water, stirred gently and then the aqueous layer is settled and removed.
- the hexane layer is mixed diluted again with about 1 liter of warm water and the pH of the mix is adjusted to about 6.5 by the addition of dilute aqueous sulfuric acid.
- the water layer is again separated and discarded and the hexane layer is then washed 3 times with fresh water.
- the hexane layer is then separated and evaporated to dryness via a rotary evaporator to obtain the crude n-pentyl glycidyl ether.
- a 3-neck, 2 liter round bottomed flask (equipped with an overhead stirrer, cold water condenser, mercury thermometer and addition funnel) is charged with about 1 liter of acetone.
- To the acetone is added about 1 ml of SnCl 4 with stirring.
- Into an addition funnel positioned over the reaction flask is added about 200 g of the just prepared n-pentyl glycidyl ether.
- the glycidyl ether is added very slowly to the stirring acetone solution (the rate is adjusted to control the exotherm).
- the reaction is allowed to proceed for about 1 hr after complete addition of the glycidyl ether (maximum temperature about 52° C.).
- the apparatus is converted for distillation and a heating mantle and temperature controller are added.
- the crude reaction mix is concentrated via distillation of about 600 ml of acetone.
- To the cooled concentrated solution are added about 1 liter of aqueous sulfuric acid (about 20% concentration) and about 500 ml of hexanes.
- the content of the flask is then heated to about 50° C. with stirring (the apparatus is adjusted to collect and separate the liberated acetone).
- the hydrolysis reaction is continued until TLC (Thin Layer Chromatography) analysis confirms the completion of reaction.
- the crude reaction mix is cooled and the aqueous layer is separated and discarded.
- the organic layer is then diluted with about 1 liter of warm water and the pH is adjusted to about 7 by the addition of dilute aqueous NaOH (1N).
- the aqueous layer is again separated and the organic phase is washed 3 times with fresh water.
- the organic phase is then separated and evaporated via a rotary evaporator.
- the residue is then diluted with fresh hexanes and the desired product is extracted into methanol/water solution (about 70/30 weight ratio).
- the methanol/water solution is again evaporated to dryness via a rotary evaporator (with additional methanol added to facilitate the water evaporation).
- the residue is then filtered hot through glass microfiber filter paper to obtain the n-pentyl monoglycerol ether.
- reaction mixture is neutralized with sulfuric acid, the salts are removed by filtration, and the liquid is fractionally distilled under vacuum to recover the excess butanediol.
- the desired ether is obtained as a residue.
- it is purified by further vacuum distillation.
- compositions in the Examples below are made by first preparing an oil seat of DEQA softener active at ambient temperature.
- the softener active can be heated to melting at, e.g., about 130-150° F. (about 55-66° C.), if the softener active is not fluid at room temperature.
- the softener active is mixed using an IKA RW 25® mixer for about 2 to about 5 minutes at about 150 rpm.
- an acid/water seat is prepared by mixing the HCl with deionized (DI) water at ambient temperature. Chelant is then added to the water seat.
- DI deionized
- the acid/water seat should also be heated to a suitable temperature, e.g., about 100° F. (about 38° C.) and maintaining said temperature with a water bath.
- a suitable temperature e.g., about 100° F. (about 38° C.) and maintaining said temperature with a water bath.
- the principal solvent(s) melted at suitable temperatures if their melting points are above room temperature
- the acid/water seat is then added to the softener premix and mixed for about 20 to about 30 minutes or until the composition is clear and homogeneous.
- the composition is allowed to air cool to ambient temperature.
- Comparative Comparative Comparative Comparative Comparative Comparative Comparative Comparative 8 8A 8B 8C 8D 8E 8F Component Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % DEQA 1 26.6 26.6 26.6 26.6 26.6 26.6 1,2-Hexanediol 16 — — — — — — 1,2- — 16 — — — — — — Propanediol 1,2-Butanediol — 16 — — — — 1,2-Pentanediol — — 16 — — — 1,2- — — — — 16 — — Heptanediol 1,2-Octanediol — — — — — 16 — 1,2-Decanediol — — — — — — 16 Ethanol 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 HCl (pH
- Example IA All 1,2-alkanediols in Example IA, except 1,2-hexanediol, have ClogP values outside the effective 0.15 to 0.64 range. Only the composition of Example 1-8, containing 1,2-hexanediol, is a clear composition with acceptable viscosities both at room temperature and at about 40° F. (about 4° C.); compositions of Comparative Examples I-8A to I-8F are not clear and/or do not have acceptable viscosities.
- Example IB All hexanediol isomers in Example IB, except 1,2-hexanediol, have ClogP values outside the effective 0.15 to 0.64 range. Only the composition of Example 1-8, containing 1,2-hexanediol, is a clear composition with acceptable viscosities both at room temperature and at about 40° F. (about 4° C.); compositions of Comparative Examples I-8G to I-8L are not clear and/or do not have acceptable viscosities.
- compositions of Example I-8, I-8M, and I-8N which contain effective levels of the preferred 1,2-hexanediol principal solvent are clear compositions with acceptable viscosities both at room temperature and at about 40° F. (about 4° C.).
- the compositions of Example 1-8O and I-8P which contain effective levels of the preferred 1,2-hexanediol principal solvent are clear compositions with acceptable viscosities at room temperature, and are clear at about 40° F. (about 4° C.) with a small layer which is separated on top, but recover and become clear when brought back to room temperature.
- the compositions of Comparative Examples I-8Q which does not contain an effective amount of the preferred 1,2-hexanediol is not clear and/or does not have acceptable viscosities.
- a clear fabric softener having the following composition was prepared and measured for clarity. The clarity was measured on a Hunter Lab ColorQuest Instrument in the total transmission mode with a 0.25′′ area view, a 0.25′′ port size, the UV filter out, no UV lamp, deionized water as the standard and a 30 mm cell.
- the composition had a CIELAB difference from initial to 10 days storage at 120° F. of 0.04 with DTPA and 20.37 without DTPA.
- the percetage haze of the composition in the transmission mode when DTPA is included is 1.51%.
- the principal solvents B. and some mixtures of principal solvents B. and secondary solvents, as disclosed hereinbefore, allow the preparation of premixes comprising the softener active A. (from about 55% to about 85%, preferably from about 60% to about 80%, more preferably from about 65% to about 75%, by weight of the premix); the principal solvent B. (from about 10% to about 30%, preferably from about 13% to about 25%, more preferably from about 15% to about 20%, by weight of the premix); and optionally, the water soluble solvent C (from about 5% to about 20%, preferably from about 5% to about 17%, more preferably from about 5% to about 15%, by weight of the premix).
- premixes can optionally be replaced by a mixture of an effective amount of principal solvents B. and some inoperable solvents, as disclosed hereinbefore.
- These premixes contain the desired amount of fabric softening active A. and sufficient principal solvent B., and, optionally, solvent C., to give the premix the desired viscosity for the desired temperature range.
- Typical viscosities suitable for processing are less than about 1000 cps, preferably less than about 500 cps, more preferably less than about 300 cps.
- Use of low temperatures improves safety, by minimizing solvent vaporization, minimizes the degradation and/or loss of materials such as the biodegradable fabric softener active, perfumes, etc., and reduces the need for heating, thus saving on the expenses for processing. The result is improved environmental impact and safety from the manufacturing operation.
- premixes and processes using them include premixes which typically contain from about 55% to about 85%, preferably from about 60% to about 80%, more preferably from about 65% to about 75%, of fabric softener active A., as exemplified with DEQA 1 and DEQA 8 in the Examples hereinafter, mixed with from about 10% to about 30%, preferably from about 13% to about 25%, more preferably from about 15% to about 20%, of principal solvent such as 1,2-hexanediol, and from about 5% to about 20%, preferably from about 5% to about 15%, of water soluble solvent C. like ethanol and/or isopropanol.
- principal solvent such as 1,2-hexanediol
- water soluble solvent C like ethanol and/or isopropanol.
- the temperatures at which the premix is clear and/or liquid for various levels of principal solvent are as follows:
- premixes can be used to formulate finished compositions in processes comprising the steps of:
- the fabric softening actives (DEQAs); the principal solvents B.; and, optionally, the water soluble solvents, can be formulated as premixes which can be used to prepare the following compositions.
- the above compositions are introduced into containers, specifically bottles, and more specifically clear bottles (although translucent bottles can be used), made from polypropylene (although glass, oriented polyethylene, etc., can be substituted).
- the bottle may have a light blue tint to compensate for any yellow color that is present, or that may develop during storage.
- clear containers with no tint, or other tints can be used.
- the bottles may also have an ultraviolet light absorber in the bottle to minimize the effects of ultraviolet light on the materials inside, especially the highly unsaturated actives (the absorbers can also be on the surface). The overall effect of the clarity and the container being to demonstrate the clarity of the compositions, thus assuring the consumer of the quality of the product.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Treatments For Attaching Organic Compounds To Fibrous Goods (AREA)
Abstract
Clear or translucent fabric softening compositions having a biodegradable fabric softening active and an added chelating agent are disclosed. The biodegradable fabric softening active preferably has the formula:
wherein each R substituent is hydrogen or a short chain C1-C6, preferably C1-C3 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group, e.g., methyl (most preferred), ethyl, propyl, hydroxyethyl, and the like, benzyl, or mixtures thereof; each m is 2 or 3; each n is from 1 to about 4, preferably 2; each Y is —O—(O)C—, —(R)N—(O)C—, —C(O)—N(R)—, or —C(O)—O—, preferably —O—(O)C—; the sum of carbons in each R1, plus one when Y is —O—(O)C— or —(R)N—(O)—, is C6-C22, preferably C12-22, more preferably C14-C20, but no more than one R1 or YR1 sum being less than about 12 and then the other R1 or YR1 sum is at least about 16, with each R1 being a long chain C5-C21 (or C6-C22), preferably C9-C19 (or C9-C20), most preferably C11-C17 (or C12-C18), straight, branched, unsaturated or polyunsatruated alkyl, the average Iodine Value of the parent fatty acid of the R1 being from about 20 to about 140. The chelating agent is preferably diaminetriaminepentaacetic acid. The compositions display excellant clarity with a percentage haze in the transmission mode of a Hunter Color analysis of less than 90%, preferably less than 50%.
wherein each R substituent is hydrogen or a short chain C1-C6, preferably C1-C3 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group, e.g., methyl (most preferred), ethyl, propyl, hydroxyethyl, and the like, benzyl, or mixtures thereof; each m is 2 or 3; each n is from 1 to about 4, preferably 2; each Y is —O—(O)C—, —(R)N—(O)C—, —C(O)—N(R)—, or —C(O)—O—, preferably —O—(O)C—; the sum of carbons in each R1, plus one when Y is —O—(O)C— or —(R)N—(O)—, is C6-C22, preferably C12-22, more preferably C14-C20, but no more than one R1 or YR1 sum being less than about 12 and then the other R1 or YR1 sum is at least about 16, with each R1 being a long chain C5-C21 (or C6-C22), preferably C9-C19 (or C9-C20), most preferably C11-C17 (or C12-C18), straight, branched, unsaturated or polyunsatruated alkyl, the average Iodine Value of the parent fatty acid of the R1 being from about 20 to about 140. The chelating agent is preferably diaminetriaminepentaacetic acid. The compositions display excellant clarity with a percentage haze in the transmission mode of a Hunter Color analysis of less than 90%, preferably less than 50%.
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. application Ser. No. 08/864,875 filed May 20, 1997, which is a continuation of U.S. Ser. No. 96/11572 filed Jul. 11, 1996, which claims priority to U.S. application Ser. No. 08/621,019 filed Mar. 22, 1996, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/001,057 filed Jul. 11, 1995
- The present invention relates to translucent or clear, aqueous, concentrated, liquid softening compositions which include chelants. It especially relates to softening compositions for use in the rinse cycle of a laundering operation to provide excellent fabric-softening/static-control benefits. The compositions are characterized by, e.g., reduced staining of fabric, excellent water dispersibility, rewettability, and/or storage and viscosity stability at sub-normal temperatures, i.e., temperatures below normal room temperature, e.g., 25° C.
- The art discloses problems associated with formulating and preparing translucent or clear, concentrated fabric conditioning formulations. For example, European Patent Application No. 404,471, Machin et al., published Dec. 27, 1990, teaches isotropic liquid softening compositions with at least 20% by weight softener and at least 5% by weight of a short chain organic acid.
- Fabric softening compositions containing high solvent levels are known in the art. However, softener agglomerates can form and can deposit on clothes which can result in staining and reduced softening performance. Also, compositions may thicken and/or precipitate at lower temperatures, i.e., at about 40° F. (about 4° C.) to about 65° F. (about 18° C.). These compositions can also be costly for the consumer due to the high solvent levels associated with making a concentrated, clear product.
- The present invention provides concentrated aqueous liquid fabric softening compositions with low organic solvent level (i.e., below about 40%, by weight of the composition) and a chelating agent, that have improved stability (i.e., remain clear or translucent and do not precipitate, gel, thicken, or solidify) at normal, i.e., room temperatures and sub-normal temperatures under prolonged storage conditions. The compositions also provide reduced staining of fabrics, good cold water dispersibility, together with excellent softening, anti-static and fabric rewettability characteristics, as well as reduced dispenser residue buildup and excellent freeze-thaw recovery.
- U.S. Pat. No. 3,756,950 discloses the addition of chelants to fabric softening compositions to prevent yellowing of fabrics treated with the compositions. U.S. Pat. No. 5,399,272 discloses clear liquid fabric softening compositions. U.S. Pat. No. 5,525,245 also discloses clear liquid fabric softening compositions.
- Accordingly to a first embodiment of the present invention, a clear or translucent fabric softening composition is provided. The composition comprises:
- A. from about 2% to about 80%, by weight of the composition, of a biodegradable fabric softener active selected from the group consisting of:
-
- i. a compound having the formula:
wherein each R substituent is hydrogen or a short chain C1-C6, preferably C1-C3 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group, e.g., methyl (most preferred), ethyl, propyl, hydroxyethyl, and the like, benzyl, or mixtures thereof; each m is 2 or 3; each n is from 1 to about 4, preferably 2; each Y is —O—(O)C—, —(R)N—(O)C—, —C(O)—N(R)—, or —C(O)—O—, preferably —O—(O)C—; the sum of carbons in each R1, plus one when Y is —O—(O)C— or —(R)N—(O)C—, is C6-C22, preferably C12-22, more preferably C14-C20, but no more than one R1 or YR1 sum being less than about 12 and then the other R1 or YR1 sum is at least about 16, with each R1 being a long chain C5-C21 (or C6-C22), preferably C9-C19 (or C9-C20), most preferably C11-C17 (or C12-C18), straight, branched, unsaturated or polyunsaturated alkyl, the average Iodine Value of the parent fatty acid of the R1 being from about 20 to about 140; - ii. a compound having the formula:
wherein each Y, R, R1, and X(−) have the same meanings as before; and - iii. mixtures thereof;
- i. a compound having the formula:
- B. less than about 40%, by weight of the composition of a principal solvent having a ClogP of from about 0.15 to about 0.64;
- C. from about 0.001% to about 10% by weight of the composition of a chelating material;
- D. optionally, an effective amount, sufficient to improve clarity, of low molecular weight water soluble solvents selected from the group consisting of: ethanol, isopropanol, propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, propylene carbonate, and mixtures thereof, the water soluble solvents being at a level that will not form clear compositions by themselves; and
- E. the balance being water.
- Each R1 in the fabric softening active may comprise a long chain C5-C21 branched alkyl or unsaturated alkyl, optionally substituted. Optionally, the ratio of branched alkyl to unsaturated alkyl being from about 5:95 to about 95:5, and for the unsaturated alkyl group, the average Iodine Value of the parent fatty acid of this R1 group is from about 20 to about 140. Again optionally, the composition contains from about 15% to about 70% of the softener active, wherein, in the softener active, each R substituent is hydrogen or a short chain C1-C3 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group; each n is 2; each Y is —O—(O)C—; the sum of carbons in each R1 plus one is C12-C22 , and R1 is branched alkyl or unsaturated alkyl, the ratio of branched alkyl to unsaturated alkyl being from about 75:25 to about 25:75, and for the unsaturated alkyl group, the average Iodine Value of the parent fatty acid of this R1 group is from about 50 to about 130; and wherein the counterion, X−, is selected from the group consisting of: chloride, bromide, methylsulfate, ethylsulfate, sulfate, and nitrate.
- Optionally, each R substituent is hydrogen or a short chain C1-C3 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group; each n is 2; the sum of carbons in each R1 plus one is C12-C20; and the counterion, X−, is selected from the group consisting of: chloride, bromide, methylsulfate, ethylsulfate, sulfate, and nitrate, still more preferably each R substituent is selected from the group consisting of: methyl, ethyl, propyl, hydroxyethyl, and benzyl; each m is 2; each n is 2; the sum of carbons in each R1, plus one is C14-C20, with each R1 being a long chain C13-C19 branched alkyl or unsaturated alkyl, the ratio of branched alkyl to unsaturated alkyl being from about 50:50 to about 30:70; for the unsaturated alkyl group, the Iodine Value of the parent fatty acid of this R1 group is from about 70 to about 115; and wherein the counterion, X−, is chloride.
- Also, the level of fabric softening active containing polyunsaturated alkylene groups is optionally at least about 3% by weight of the total softener active present and the average Iodine Value of the parent fatty acid of the R1 group is from about 60 to about 140.
- The chelant in said composition may be selected from the group consisting of diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, ethylenediamine-N,N′-disuccinnic acid, diethylenetriamine-N,N,N′,N″,N″-pentakis(methane phosphonic acid), nitrilotriacetic acid and mixtures thereof with diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid being the most preferred. Preferably, the composition includes from about 0.01% to about 5% by weight of the composition of said chelant and/or from about 4% to about 50%, most preferably from about 10% to about 40% of the fabric softener active.
- According to a second embodiment of the present invention, a clear or translucent fabric softening composition is provided. The composition comprises:
-
- A. from about 2% to about 80%, by weight of the composition, of biodegradable fabric softener active;
- B. less than about 40%, by weight of the composition of a principal solvent having a ClogP of from about 0.15 to about 0.64;
- C. from about 0.001% to about 10% by weight of the composition of a chelating material to improve color and clarity of the composition; and
- E. the balance being water;
wherein the composition has a percentage haze in transmision mode of a Hunter Color analysis of less than about 90.
- Preferably, the percentage haze in transmision mode of a Hunter Color analysis is less than about 50% and most preferably less than about 25%. The chelant may be preferably selected from the group consisting of diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, ethylenediamine-N,N′-disuccinnic acid, diethylenetriamine-N,N,N′,N″,N″-pentakis(methane phosphonic acid), nitrilotriacetic acid and mixtures thereof with diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid being the most preferred. The fabric softening active may be defined as above.
- Preferably, the compositions herein are aqueous, translucent or clear, most preferably clear, compositions containing from about 3% to about 95%, preferably from about 5% to about 80%, more preferably from about 15% to about 70%, and even more preferably from about 40% to about 60%, water and from about 3% to about 40%, preferably from about 10% to about 35%, more preferably from about 12% to about 25%, and even more preferably from about 14% to about 20%, of the above principal alcohol solvent B. These preferred products (compositions) are not translucent or clear without principal solvent B. The amount of principal solvent B. required to make the compositions translucent or clear is preferably more than 50%, more preferably more than about 60%, and even more preferably more than about 75%, of the total organic solvent present.
- The principal solvents are desirably kept to the lowest levels that provide acceptable stability/clarity in the present compositions. The presence of water exerts an important effect on the need for the principal solvents to achieve clarity of these compositions. The higher the water content, the higher the principal solvent level (relative to the softener level) is needed to attain product clarity. Inversely, the less the water content, the less principal solvent (relative to the softener) is needed. Thus, at low water levels of from about 5% to about 15%, the softener active-to-principal solvent weight ratio is preferably from about 55:45 to about 85:15, more preferably from about 60:40 to about 80:20. At water levels of from about 15% to about 70%, the softener active-to-principal solvent weight ratio is preferably from about 45:55 to about 70:30, more preferably from about 55:45 to about 70:30. But at high water levels of from about 70% to about 80%, the softener active-to-principal solvent weight ratio is preferably from about 30:70 to about 55:45, more preferably from about 35:65 to about 45:55. At higher water levels, the softener to principal solvent ratios should be even higher.
- The pH of the compositions should preferably be from about 1 to about 7, preferably from about 1.5 to about 5, more preferably from about 2 to about 3.5.
- I. Fabric Softening Active
- The present invention contains as an essential component from about 2% to about 80%, preferably from about 13% to about 75%, more preferably from about 17% to about 70%, and even more preferably from about 19% to about 65% by weight of the composition, of a fabric softener active selected from the compounds identified hereinafter, and mixtures thereof.
- (A) Diester Quatemary Ammonium Fabric Softening Active Compound (DEQA)
- (1) The first type of DEQA preferably comprises, as the principal active, compounds of the formula
wherein each R substituent is hydrogen or a short chain C1-C6, preferably C1-C3 alkyl or hydroxyalkyl group, e.g., methyl (most preferred), ethyl, propyl, hydroxyethyl, and the like, benzyl, or mixtures thereof; each m is 2 or 3; each n is from I to about 4, preferably 2; each Y is —O—(O)C—, —(R)N—(O)C—, —C(O)—N(R)—, or —C(O)—O—, preferably —O—(O)C—; the sum of carbons in each R1, plus one when Y is —O—(O)C— or —(R)N—(O)C—, is C6-C22, preferably C12-22, more preferably C14-C20, but no more than one R1 or YR1 sum being less than about 12 and then the other R1 or YR1 sum is at least about 16, with each R1 being a long chain C5-C21 (or C6-C22), preferably C9-C19 (or C9-C20), most preferably C11-C17 (or C12-C18), straight, branched, unsaturated or polyunsaturated alkyl. - R1 may be branched alkyl and unsaturated alkyl (including polyunsaturated alkyl), wherein the ratio of branched alkyl to unsaturated alkyl is from about 5:95 to about 95:5, preferably from about 75:25 to about 25:75, more preferably from about 50:50 to about 30:70, especially 35:65.
- Optionally, the softener active may contain alkyl, monounsaturated alkylene, and polyunsaturated alkylene groups, with the softener active containing polyunsaturated alkylene groups being at least about 3%, preferably at least about 5%, more preferably at least about 10%, and even more preferably at least about 15%, by weight of the total softener active present. (As used herein, the “percent of softener active” containing a given R1 group is based upon taking a percentage of the total active based upon the percentage that the given R1 group is, of the total R1 groups present.)
- The Iodine Value of the parent fatty acid of the R1 group is preferably from about 20 to about 140, more preferably from about 50 to about 130; and most preferably from about 70 to about 115; and wherein the counterion, X−, can be any softener-compatible anion, preferably, chloride, bromide, methylsulfate, ethylsulfate, sulfate, and/or nitrate, more preferably chloride.
- Alternatively, the fabric softening actives prepared according to the present invention may have the formula:
wherein each Y, R, R1, and X(−) have the same meanings as before. Such compounds include those having the formula:
[CH3]3 N(+)[CH2CH(CH2O(O)CR1)O(O)CR1]Cl(−)
where —O(O)CR1 is derived partly from unsaturated, e.g., oleic, fatty acid and, preferably, each R is a methyl or ethyl group and preferably each R1 is in the range of C15 to C19 with degrees of branching and substitution being present in the alkyl chains. - Mixtures of actives of formula (1) and (2) may also be prepared.
- The counterion, X(−) above, can be any softener-compatible anion, preferably the anion of a strong acid, for example, chloride, bromide, methylsulfate, ethylsulfate, sulfate, nitrate and the like, more preferably chloride. The anion can also, but less preferably, carry a double charge in which case X(−) represents half a group.
- The fabric softener active can comprise mixtures of compounds containing, respectively, branched and unsaturated compounds. Preferred biodegradable quaternary ammonium fabric softening compounds useful in preparing such mixtures can contain the group —O—(O)CR1 which is derived from unsaturated, and polyunsaturated, fatty acids, e.g., oleic acid, and/or partially hydrogenated fatty acids, derived from vegetable oils and/or partially hydrogenated vegetable oils, such as, canola oil, safflower oil, peanut oil, sunflower oil, corn oil, soybean oil, tall oil, rice bran oil, etc. Mixtures of unsaturated fatty acids, and mixtures of DEQAs that are derived from different unsaturated fatty acids can be used, and are preferred. Non-limiting examples of DEQAs prepared from preferred unsaturated fatty acids are disclosed hereinafter as DEQA1 to DEQA8.
- DEQA6 is prepared from a soy bean fatty acid, DEQA7 is prepared from a slightly hydrogenated tallow fatty acid, and DEQA8 is prepared from slightly hydrogenated canola fatty acids.
- DEQAs prepared with R1 groups that contain branched chains, e.g., from isostearic acid, for at least part of the R1 groups comprise the other part of the mixture. It is also an option that the fabric softener active itself comprise compounds containing mixed branched-chain and unsaturated R1 groups. The total of active represented by the branched chain groups is typically from about 5% to about 95%, preferably from about 25% to about 75%, more preferably from about 35% to about 50%.
- Suitable branched chain fatty acids that can be used to prepare branched, or mixed branched alkyl and unsaturated alkyl DEQAs, can be prepared by a variety of methods. The corresponding branched chain fatty alcohols can be prepared by reduction of the branched chain fatty acids by standard reactions, e.g., using borane-THF after the method of Brown, J. Amer. Chem. Soc. (1970), 92, 1637, incorporated herein by reference. The following are non-limiting examples of branched chain fatty acids.
Branched Chain Fatty Acid 1: 2-n-Heptylundecanoic Acid - 2-n-Heptylundecanoic acid [22890-21-7] is available from TCI America, catalog number IO281. It can be made by oxidizing the Guerbet alcohol 2-heptylundecanol which is, in turn, the aldol condensation product of nonanal. Guerbet alcohols are available commercially from Condea under the trade name ISOFOL® Alcohols.
Branched Chain Fatty Acid 2: 2-n-Hexyldecanoic Acid -
-
- 5,7,9-Trimethylnonanoic acid and 3,5,7,9-tetramethylnonanoic acid are made by the Union Camp Corporation using the oxo process described by N. E. Lawson, et. al. in J. Am. Oil. Chem. Soc. 1981, 58, 59.
- Branched Chain Fatty Acid 5: Alpha-alkylated Carboxylic Acids
- Alpha substituted acids can be prepared by the C-alkylation of an enamine which is derived from a straight chained aldehyde such as octanal or decanal. The derived enamine will form the carbanion on the carbon alpha to the terminal nitrogen. Reaction of the enamine anion with an alkyl bromide, in the presence of a catalytic amount of NaI, will give the branched chain enamine which upon hydrolysis gives the alpha alkylated aldehyde. The aldehyde can the be oxidized to the corresponding carboxylic acid.
- Alpha-Heptyldecanoic Acid
- Decanal (aldehyde) can be reacted with an excess of a cyclic amine such as pyrrolidine, by heating at reflux in toluene in the presence of a trace amount of p-toluene sulfonic acid. As the amine condenses with the aldehyde, water is formed and can be removed by reflux through a water trap. After the theoretical amount of water has been removed, heptylbromide and sodium iodide can be added an the alkylation completed in the same solvent system. Following alkylation (overnight), the reaction mixture is poured over ice and made acidic with 20% HCl. This hydrolysis converts the alkylated enamine to the alpha-heptyl decanal. The product can be isolated by separation, washing, then drying, of the solvent layer and subsequent removal of the solvent by vacuum distillation.
- The isolated branched aldehyde can then be converted to the desired carboxylic acid by oxidation in an appropriate solvent system. Examples of oxidizing agents are; aqueous potassium permanganate; The Jones Reagent (CrO3/H2SO4/H2O) in acetone; CrO3-acetic acid,etc. Separation of the desired alpha-heptyldecanoic acid from the oxidizing medium will be facilitated by the high molecular weight of the acid.
- Branched Chain Fatty Acid 6: 9 and 10-Alkoxyoctadecanoic Acids, Other Positional Isomers, and the Corresponding Alkoxyoctadecanols
- 9 and 10-Methoxyoctadecanoic Acids. The method of Siouffi et. al. described in Chemistry and Physics of Lipids, (1972), 8(2), 91-101 is followed. About 5 g portion of methyl oleate is dissolved in about 8 g of methanol and treated with tert-butyl hypobromite to give the mixed methoxybromo derivatives. These are isolated and debrominated with Rany catalyst and the crude acid is isolated after acidification. Hydrogenation of olefinic components in the crude acid is conducted in cyclohexane using platinum oxide. This produces the crude mixture of the desired 9 and 10-methoxyoctadecanoic acids.
- 9 and 10-Isopropoxyoctadecanoic Acids. The same procedure is used except that 2-propanol is substituted for methanol in the bromination step. This yields the desired 9 and 10-isopropoxyoctadecanoic acids.
- Positional Isomers of Alkoxyoctadecanoic Acids: The same procedure is used except that oleic acid is first isomerized to a mixture of unsaturated acids by heating with methanesulfonic acid. The alkoxybromination-reduction sequence in this case leads to mixtures of additional positional isomers of alkoxyoctadecanoic acids.
- Corresponding Fatty Alcohols. The substituted octadecanoic acids are reduced to the corresponding octadecanols using borane-THF after the method of Brown, J. Amer. Chem. Soc. (1970), 92, 1637.
- Branched Chain Fatty Acid 7: Phenyloctadecanoic Acid, Alkylphenyloctadecanoic Acid, and the Corresponding Octadecanols
- Phenyloctadecanoic Acid. The method of Nakano and Foglia described in The Journal of the American Oil Chemists Society, (1984),61(3), 569-73 is used. About 5 g portion of oleic acid and about 6.91 g of benzene are treated dropwise with about 10.2 g of methanesulfonic acid at about 50 C.° and then allowed to stir for about 6 hours. The reaction mixture is added to water and extracted with diethyl ether. Removal of the solvents by vacuum stripping gives the crude mixture of positional isomers of phenyloctadecanoic acid.
- Methylphenyloctadecanoic Acid. The synthesis is repeated but with toluene instead of benzene to yield the mixed positional isomers of methylphenyloctadecanoic acid.
- Corresponding Octadecanols. The substituted octadecanoic acids are reduced to the corresponding octadecanols using borane-THF after the method of Brown, J. Amer. Chem. Soc. (1970), 92, 1637.
- Branched Chain Fatty Acid 8: Phenoxyoctadecanoic Acid, Hydroxyphenyloctadecanoic Acid, and the Corresponding Octadecanols
- Hydroxyphenyloctadecanoic Acids. The method of Nakano and Foglia described in The Journal of the American Oil Chemists Society, (1984),61(3), 569-73 is used. About 1:5:6 mole ratio of oleic acid, phenol, and methanesulfonic acid are allowed to react at about 25 C.° for about 48 hours. The reaction mixture is added to water and extracted with ether. The extract is stripped of solvent and phenol to give the desired crude mixed positional isomers of hydroxyphenyloctadecanoic acid.
- Phenoxyoctadecanoic Acids. The reaction is repeated with about 1:5:2 mole ratio of oleic acid, phenol, and methanesulfonic acid. The isolated crude product is predominantly phenoxyoctadecanoic acid, but also contains hydroxyphenyloctadecanoic acid. A purified mixture of phenoxyoctadecanoic acid positional isomers is obtained by chromatography.
- Corresponding Octadecanols. The substituted octadecanoic acids are reduced to the corresponding octadecanols using borane-THF after the method of Brown, J. Amer. Chem. Soc. (1970), 92, 1637.
- Branched Chain Fatty Acids 9: Isostearic Acids
- Isostearic acids are produced from the monomeric acids obtained in the dimerization of unsaturated C18 fatty acids, according to U.S. Pat. No. 2,812,342, issued Nov. 5, 1957 to R. M. Peters, incorporated herein by reference.
- Suitable branched fabric softening actives which can be mixed with the above described unsaturated fabric softening actives (DEQAs) to form the fabric softening actives of this invention can be formed using the above branched chain fatty acids, and/or the corresponding branched chain fatty alcohols. Similarly, the branched chain fatty acids and/or alcohols can be used with unsaturated fatty acids and/or alcohols to form suitable mixed chain actives.
- As disclosed hereinbefore, other preferred DEQA's are those that are prepared as a single DEQA from blends of all the different branched and unsaturated fatty acids that are represented (total fatty acid blend), rather than from blends of mixtures of separate finished DEQA's that are prepared from different portions of the total fatty acid blend.
- At least a substantial percentage of the fatty acyl groups may be unsaturated, e.g., from about 25% to 70%, preferably from about 50% to about 65%. Polyunsaturated fatty acid groups can be used. The total level of active containing polyunsaturated fatty acyl groups (TPU) can be from about 3% to about 30%, preferably from about 5% to about 25%, more preferably from about 10% to about 18%. Both cis and trans isomers can be used, preferably with a cis/trans ratio of from 1:1 to about 50:1, the minimum being 1:1, preferably at least 3:1, and more preferably from about 4:1 to about 20:1. (As used herein, the “percent of softener active” containing a given R1 group is the same as the percentage of that same R1 group is to the total R1 groups used to form all of the softener actives.)
- The unsaturated, including the polyunsaturated, fatty acyl groups, discussed hereinbefore and hereinafter, surprisingly provide effective softening when used with the branched chain fatty acyl groups, and also provide good rewetting characteristics, good antistatic characteristics, and especially, superior recovery after freezing and thawing.
- The mixed branched-chain and unsaturated materials are easier to formulate than conventional saturated branched chain fabric softener actives. They can be used to form concentrated premixes that maintain their low viscosity and are therefore easier to process, e.g., pump, mix, etc. These materials with only the low amount of solvent that normally is associated with such materials, i.e., from about 5% to about 20%, preferably from about 8% to about 25%, more preferably from about 10% to about 20%, weight of the total softener/solvent mixture, are also easier to formulate into concentrated, stable compositions of the present invention, even at ambient temperatures. This ability to process the actives at low temperatures is especially important for the polyunsaturated groups, since it mimimizes degradation. Additional protection against degradation can be provided when the compounds and softener compositions contain effective antioxidants and/or reducing agents, as disclosed hereinafter. The use of branched chain fatty acyl groups improves the resistance to degradation while maintaining fluidity and improving softening.
- The present invention can also contain some medium-chain biodegradable quaternary ammonium fabric softening compound, DEQA, having the above formula (1) and/or formula (2), below, wherein:
-
- each Y is —O—(O)C—, or —C(O)—O—, preferably —O—(O)C—;
- m is 2 or 3, preferably 2;
- each n is 1 to 4, preferably 2;
- each R substituent is a C1-C6 alkyl, preferably a methyl, ethyl, propyl, benzyl groups and mixtures thereof, more preferably a C1-C3 alkyl group;
- each R1, or YR1, is a saturated C8-C14, preferably a C12-14 hydrocarbyl, or substituted hydrocarbyl substituent (the IV is preferably about 10 or less, more preferably less than about 5), (The sum of the carbons in the acyl group, R1+1, when Y is —O—(O)C— or —(R)N—(O)C—.) and the counterion, X−, is the same as above.
- Preferably X− does not include phosphate salts.
- The saturated C8-C14 fatty acyl groups can be pure derivatives, or can be mixed chain lengths.
- Suitable fatty acid sources for said fatty acyl groups are coco, lauric, caprylic, and capric acids.
- For C12-C14 (or C11-C13) hydrocarbyl groups, the groups are preferably saturated, e.g., the IV is preferably less than about 10, preferably less than about 5.
- It will be understood that the branched R and R1 substituents can contain various groups such as alkoxyl groups which act as branching, and a small percentage can be straight, so long as the R1 groups maintain their basically hydrophobic character. The preferred compounds can be considered to be biodegradable diester variations of hardened ditallow dimethyl ammonium chloride (hereinafter referred to as “DTDMAC”), which is a widely used fabric softener.
- As used herein, when the diester is specified, it can include the monoester that is present. Preferably, at least about 80% of the DEQA is in the diester form, and from 0% to about 20% can be DEQA monoester, e.g., one YR1 group is either —OH, or —C(O)OH, and, for Formula 1., m is 2. The corresponding diamide and/or mixed ester-amide can also include the active with one long chain hydrophobic group, e.g., one YR1 group is either —N(R)H , or —C(O)OH. In the following, any disclosure, e.g., levels, for the monoester actives is also applicable to the monoamide actives. For softening, under no/low detergent carry-over laundry conditions the percentage of monoester should be as low as possible, preferably no more than about 5%. However, under high, anionic detergent surfactant or detergent builder carry-over conditions, some monoester can be preferred. The overall ratios of diester to monoester are from about 100:1 to about 2:1, preferably from about 50:1 to about 5:1, more preferably from about 13:1 to about 8:1. Under high detergent carry-over conditions, the di/monoester ratio is preferably about 11:1. The level of monoester present can be controlled in manufacturing the DEQA.
- The above compounds, as exemplified hereinafter, used as the biodegradable quaternized ester-amine softening material in the practice of this invention, can be prepared using standard reaction chemistry. In one synthesis of a di-ester variation of DTDMAC, an amine of the formula RN(CH2CH2OH)2 is esterified at both hydroxyl groups with an acid chloride of the formula R1C(O)Cl, then quatemized with an alkyl halide, RX, to yield the desired reaction product (wherein R and R1 are as defined hereinbefore). However, it will be appreciated by those skilled in the chemical arts that this reaction sequence allows a broad selection of agents to be prepared.
- Yet another DEQA softener active that is suitable for the formulation of the fabric softening actives and concentrated, clear liquid fabric softener compositions of the present invention has the above formula (1) wherein one R group is a C1-4 hydroxy alkyl group, preferably one wherein one R group is a hydroxyethyl group.
- (2) The second type of DEQA active has the general formula:
wherein each Y, R, R1, and X(−) have the same meanings as before. Such compounds include those having the formula:
[CH3]3N(+)[CH2CH(CH2O(O)CR1)O(O)CR1]Cl(−)
where each R is a methyl or ethyl group and preferably each R1 is in the range of C15 to C19. Degrees of substitution can be present in the alkyl or unsaturated alkyl chains. The anion X(−) in the molecule is the same as in DEQA (1) above. As used herein, when the diester is specified, it can include the monoester that is present. The amount of monoester that can be present is the same as in DEQA (1). An example of a preferred DEQA of formula (2) is the “propyl” ester quaternary ammonium fabric softener active having the formula 1,2-di(acyloxy)-3-trimethylammoniopropane chloride, wherein the acyl group is the same as that of DEQA5. - These types of agents and general methods of making them are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,137,180, Naik et al., issued Jan. 30, 1979, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- In suitable softener actives (1) and (2), each R1 may be an alkyl, branched alkyl, monounsaturated unsaturated alkyl, or polyunsaturated alkyl group. The actives may contain mixtures of branched alkyl and unsaturated alkyl R1 groups, especially within the individual molecules, in the ratios disclosed hereinbefore.
- The DEQAs herein can contain a low level of fatty acid, which can be from unreacted starting material used to form the DEQA and/or as a by-product of any partial degradation (hydrolysis) of the softener active in the finished composition. It is preferred that the level of free fatty acid be low, preferably below about 10%, and more preferably below about 5%, by weight of the softener active.
- II. Principal Solvent System
- The compositions of the present invention comprise less than about 40%, preferably from about 10% to about 35%, more preferably from about 12% to about 25%, and even more preferably from about 14% to about 20%, of the principal solvent, by weight of the composition. Said principal solvent is selected to minimize solvent odor impact in the composition and to provide a low viscosity to the final composition. For example, isopropyl alcohol is not very effective and has a strong odor. n-Propyl alcohol is more effective, but also has a distinct odor. Several butyl alcohols also have odors but can be used for effective clarity/stability, especially when used as part of a principal solvent system to minimize their odor. The alcohols are also selected for optimum low temperature stability, that is they are able to form compositions that are liquid with acceptable low viscosities and translucent, preferably clear, down to about 40° F. (about 4.4° C.) and are able to recover after storage down to about 20° F. (about 6.7° C.).
- The suitability of any principal solvent for the formulation of the liquid, concentrated, preferably clear, fabric softener compositions herein with the requisite stability is surprisingly selective. Suitable solvents can be selected based upon their octanol/water partition coefficient (P). Octanol/water partition coefficient of a principal solvent is the ratio between its equilibrium concentration in octanol and in water. The partition coefficients of the principal solvent ingredients of this invention are conveniently given in the form of their logarithm to the base 10, logP.
- The logP of many ingredients has been reported; for example, the Pomona92 database, available from Daylight Chemical Information Systems, Inc. (Daylight CIS), Irvine, Calif., contains many, along with citations to the original literature. However, the logP values are most conveniently calculated by the “CLOGP” program, also available from Daylight CIS. This program also lists experimental logP values when they are available in the Pomona92 database. The “calculated logP” (ClogP) is determined by the fragment approach of Hansch and Leo (cf., A. Leo, in Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry, Vol. 4, C. Hansch, P. G. Sammens, J. B. Taylor and C. A. Ramsden, Eds., p. 295, Pergamon Press, 1990, incorporated herein by reference). The fragment approach is based on the chemical structure of each ingredient, and takes into account the numbers and types of atoms, the atom connectivity, and chemical bonding. The ClogP values, which are the most reliable and widely used estimates for this physicochemical property, are preferably used instead of the experimental logP values in the selection of the principal solvent ingredients which are useful in the present invention. Other methods that can be used to compute ClogP include, e.g., Crippen's fragmentation method as disclosed in J. Chem. Inf. Comput. Sci., 27, 21 (1987); Viswanadhan's fragmentation method as disclose in J. Chem. Inf. Comput. Sci., 29, 163 (1989); and Broto's method as disclosed in Eur. J. Med. Chem.-Chim. Theor., 19, 71 (1984).
- The principal solvents herein are selected from those having a ClogP of from about 0.15 to about 0.64, preferably from about 0.25 to about 0.62, and more preferably from about 0.40 to about 0.60, said principal solvent preferably being asymmetric, and preferably having a melting, or solidification, point that allows it to be liquid at, or near room temperature. Solvents that have a low molecular weight and are biodegradable are also desirable for some purposes. The more asymmetric solvents appear to be very desirable, whereas the highly symmetrical solvents, having a center of symmetry, such as 1,7-heptanediol, or 1,4-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexane, appear to be unable to provide the essentially clear compositions when used alone, even though their ClogP values fall in the preferred range. One can select the most suitable principal solvent by determining whether a composition containing about 27% di(oleyoyloxyethyl)dimethylammonium chloride, about 16-20% of principal solvent, and about 4-6% ethanol remains clear during storage at about 40° F. (about 4.4° C.) and recovers from being frozen at about 0° F. (about −18° C.).
- The most preferred principal solvents can be identified by the appearance of the freeze-dried dilute treatment compositions used to treat fabrics. These dilute compositions appear to have dispersions of fabric softener that exhibit a more uni-lamellar appearance than conventional fabric softener compositions. The closer to uni-lamellar the appearance, the better the compositions seem to perform. These compositions provide surprisingly good fabric softening as compared to similar compositions prepared in the conventional way with the same fabric softener active. The compositions also inherently provide improved perfume deposition as compared to conventional fabric softening compositions, especially when the perfume is added to the compositions at, or near, room temperature.
- Operable principal solvents are listed below under various listings, e.g., aliphatic and/or alicyclic diols with a given number of carbon atoms; monols; derivatives of glycerine; alkoxylates of diols; and mixtures of all of the above. The preferred principal solvents are in italics and the most preferred principal solvents are in bold type. The reference numbers are the Chemical Abstracts Service Registry numbers (CAS No.) for those compounds that have such a number. Novel compounds have a method identified, described hereinafter, that can be used to prepare the compounds. Some inoperable principal solvents are also listed below for comparison purposes. The inoperable principal solvents, however, can be used in mixtures with operable principal solvents. Operable principal solvents can be used to make concentrated fabric softener compositions that meet the stability/clarity requirements set forth herein.
- Many diol principal solvents that have the same chemical formula can exist as many stereoisomers and/or optical isomers. Each isomer is normally assigned with a different CAS No. For examples, different isomers of 4-methyl-2,3-hexanediol are assigned to at least the following CAS Nos: 146452-51-9; 146452-50-8; 146452-49-5; 14645248-4; 123807-34-1; 123807-33-0; 123807-32-9; and 123807-31-8.
- In the following listings, for simplicity, each chemical formula is listed with only one CAS No. This disclosure is only for exemplification and is sufficient to allow the practice of the invention. The disclosure is not limiting. Therefore, it is understood that other isomers with other CAS Nos, and their mixtures, are also included. By the same token, when a CAS No. represents a molecule which contains some particular isotopes, e.g., deuterium, tritium, carbon-13, etc., it is understood that materials which contain naturally distributed isotopes are also included, and vice versa.
TABLE I MONO-OLS CAS No. n-propanol 71-23-8 2-butanol 15892-23-6 2-methyl-2-propanol 75-65-0 Inoperable Isomer 2-methyl-1-propanol 78-83-1 -
TABLE II C6 DIOLS CAS No. Operable Isomers 2,3-butanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- 76-09-5 1,2-butanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- 66553-15-9 1,2-butanediol, 3,3-dimethyl- 59562-82-2 2,3-pentanediol, 2-methyl- 7795-80-4 2,3-pentanediol, 3-methyl- 63521-37-9 2,3-pentanediol, 4-methyl- 7795-79-1 2,3-hexanediol 617-30-1 3,4-hexanediol 922-17-8 1,2-butanediol, 2-ethyl- 66553-16-0 1,2-pentanediol, 2-methyl- 20667-05-4 1,2-pentanediol, 3-methyl- 159623-53-7 1,2-pentanediol, 4-methyl- 72110-08-8 1,2-hexanediol 6920-22-5 Inoperable Isomers 1,3-propanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl- 1,3-propanediol, 2-isopropyl- 1,3-propanediol, 2-propyl- 1,3-butanediol, 2,2-dimethyl- 1,3-butanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- 1,3-butanediol, 2-ethyl- 1,4-butanediol, 2,2-dimethyl- 1,4-butanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl- 1,3-pentanediol, 2-methyl- 1,3-pentanediol, 3-methyl- 1,3-pentanediol, 4-methyl- 1,4-pentanediol, 2-methyl- 1,4-pentanediol, 3-methyl- 1,4-pentanediol, 4-methyl- 1,5-pentanediol, 2-methyl- 1,5-pentanediol, 3-methyl- 2,4-pentanediol, 2-methyl- 2,4-pentanediol, 3-methyl- 1,3-hexanediol 1,4-hexanediol 1,5-hexanediol 1,6-hexanediol 2,4-hexanediol 2,5-hexanediol -
TABLE III C7 DIOLS CAS No. Operable Isomers 1,3-propanediol, 2-butyl- 2612-26-2 1,3-propanediol, 2,2-diethyl- 115-76-4 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1-methylpropyl)- 33673-01-7 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2-methylpropyl)- 26462-20-8 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-propyl- 78-26-2 1,2-butanediol, 2,3,3-trimethyl- Method B 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl- 76651-98-4 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl- 66225-34-1 1,4-butanediol, 2-propyl- 62946-68-3 1,4-butanediol, 2-isopropyl- 39497-66-0 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl- 3121-82-2 1,5-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- 81554-20-3 1,5-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl- 2121-69-9 1,5-pentanediol, 3,3-dimethyl- 53120-74-4 2,3-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- 6931-70-0 2,3-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl- 66225-53-4 2,3-pentanediol, 3,4-dimethyl- 37164-04-8 2,3-pentanediol, 4,4-dimethyl- 89851-45-6 3,4-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- Method B 1,5-pentanediol, 2-ethyl- 14189-13-0 1,6-hexanediol, 2-methyl- 25258-92-8 1,6-hexanediol, 3-methyl- 4089-71-8 2,3-hexanediol, 2-methyl- 59215-55-3 2,3-hexanediol, 3-methyl- 139093-40-6 2,3-hexanediol, 4-methyl- *** 2,3-hexanediol, 5-methyl- Method B 3,4-hexanediol, 2-methyl- Method B 3,4-hexanediol, 3-methyl- 18938-47-1 1,3-heptanediol 23433-04-7 1,4-heptanediol 40646-07-9 1,5-heptanediol 60096-09-5 1,6-heptanediol 13175-27-4 Preferred Isomers 1,3-propanediol, 2-butyl- 2612-26-2 1,4-butanediol, 2-propyl- 62946-68-3 1,5-pentanediol, 2-ethyl- 14189-13-0 2,3-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- 6931-70-0 2,3-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl- 66225-53-4 2,3-pentanediol, 3,4-dimethyl- 37164-04-8 2,3-pentanediol, 4,4-dimethyl- 89851-45-6 3,4-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- Method B 1,6-hexanediol, 2-methyl- 25258-92-8 1,6-hexanediol, 3-methyl- 4089-71-8 1,3-heptanediol 23433-04-7 1,4-heptanediol 40646-07-9 1,5-heptanediol 60096-09-5 1,6-heptanediol 13175-27-4 More Preferred Isomers 2,3-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- 6931-70-0 2,3-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl- 66225-53-4 2,3-pentanediol, 3,4-dimethyl- 37164-04-8 2,3-pentanediol, 4,4-dimethyl- 89851-45-6 3,4-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- Method B Inoperable Isomers 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-isopropyl- 1,2-butanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl- 1,3-butanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl- 1,3-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl- 1,3-butanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl- 1,3-butanediol, 2-isopropyl- 1,3-butanediol, 2-propyl- 1,4-butanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl 1,4-butanediol, 3-ethyl-1-methyl- 1,2-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- 1,2-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl- 1,2-pentanediol, 3,3-dimethyl- 1,2-pentanediol, 3,4-dimethyl- 1,2-pentanediol, 4,4-dimethyl- 1,2-pentanediol, 2-ethyl- 1,3-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl- 1,3-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- 1,3-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl- 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl- 1,3-pentanediol, 3,4-dimethyl- 1,3-pentanediol, 4,4-dimethyl- 1,4-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl- 1,4-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- 1,4-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl- 1,4-pentanediol, 3,3-dimethyl- 1,4-pentanediol, 3,4-dimethyl- 2,4-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- 2,4-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl- 2,4-pentanediol, 3,3-dimethyl- 1,2-hexanediol, 2-methyl- 1,2-hexanediol, 3-methyl- 1,2-hexanediol, 4-methyl- 1,2-hexanediol, 5-methyl- 1,3-hexanediol, 2-methyl- 1,3-hexanediol, 3-methyl- 1,3-hexanediol, 4-methyl- 1,3-hexanediol, 5-methyl- 1,4-hexanediol, 2-methyl- 1,4-hexanediol, 3-methyl- 1,4-hexanediol, 4-methyl- 1,4-hexanediol, 5-methyl- 1,5-hexanediol, 2-methyl- 1,5-hexanediol, 3-methyl- 1,5-hexanediol, 4-methyl- 1,5-hexanediol, 5-methyl- 2,4-hexanediol, 2-methyl- 2,4-hexanediol, 3-methyl- 2,4-hexanediol, 4-methyl- 2,4-hexanediol, 5-methyl- 2,5-hexanediol, 2-methyl- 2,5-hexanediol, 3-methyl- 1,2-heptanediol 2,3-heptanediol 2,4-heptanediol 2,5-heptanediol 2,6-heptanediol 3,4-heptanediol 1,7-heptanediol 3,5-heptanediol
***146452-51-9; 146452-50-8; 146452-49-5; 146452-48-4; 123807-34-1; 123807-33-0; 123807-32-9; 123807-31-8; and mixtures thereof.
-
TABLE IV OCTANEDIOL ISOMERS Chemical Name CAS No. PROPANEDIOL DERIVATIVES Operable Isomers 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2-methylbutyl)- 87194-40-9 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1,1-dimethylpropyl)- Method D 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1,2-dimethylpropyl)- Method D 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1-ethylpropyl)- 25462-28-6 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1-methylbutyl)- 22131-29-9 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)- Method D 1,3-propanediol, 2-(3-methylbutyl)- 25462-27-5 1,3-propanediol, 2-butyl-2-methyl- 3121-83-3 1,3-propanediol, 2-ethyl-2-isopropyl- 24765-55-7 1,3-propanediol, 2-ethyl-2-propyl- 25450-88-8 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-(1-methylpropyl)- 813-60-5 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-(2-methylpropyl)- 25462-42-4 1,3-propanediol, 2-tertiary-butyl-2-methyl- 25462-45-7 More Preferred Isomers 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1,1-dimethylpropyl)- Method D 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1,2-dimethylpropyl)- Method D 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1-ethylpropyl)- 25462-28-6 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)- Method D 1,3-propanediol, 2-ethyl-2-isopropyl- 24765-55-7 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-(1-methylpropyl)- 813-60-5 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-(2-methylpropyl)- 25462-42-4 1,3-propanediol, 2-tertiary-butyl-2-methyl- 25462-45-7 Inoperable Isomers 1,3-propanediol, 2-pentyl- BUTANEDIOL DERIVATIVES Operable Isomers 1,3-butanediol, 2,2-diethyl- 99799-77-6 1,3-butanediol, 2-(1-methylpropyl)- Method C 1,3-butanediol, 2-butyl- 83988-22-1 1,3-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2,3-dimethyl- Method D 1,3-butanediol, 2-(1,1-dimethylethyl)- 67271-58-3 1,3-butanediol, 2-(2-methylpropyl)- Method C 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-2-isopropyl- Method C 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-2-propyl- 99799-79-8 1,3-butanediol, 3-methyl-2-isopropyl- Method C 1,3-butanediol, 3-methyl-2-propyl- Method D 1,4-butanediol, 2,2-diethyl- Method H 1,4-butanediol, 2-methyl-2-propyl- Method H 1,4-butanediol, 2-(1-methylpropyl)- Method H 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2,3-dimethyl- Method F 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-3,3-dimethyl- Method F 1,4-butanediol, 2-(1,1-dimethylethyl)- 36976-70-2 1,4-butanediol, 2-(2-methylpropyl)- Method F 1,4-butanediol, 2-methyl-3-propyl- 90951-76-1 1,4-butanediol, 3-methyl-2-isopropyl- 99799-24-3 Preferred Isomers 1,3-butanediol, 2,2-diethyl- 99799-77-6 1,3-butanediol, 2-(1-methylpropyl)- Method C 1,3-butanediol, 2-butyl- 83988-22-1 1,3-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2,3-dimethyl- Method D 1,3-butanediol, 2-(1,1-dimethylethyl)- 67271-58-3 1,3-butanediol, 2-(2-methylpropyl)- Method C 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-2-isopropyl- Method C 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-2-propyl- 99799-79-8 1,3-butanediol, 3-methyl-2-propyl- Method D 1,4-butanediol, 2,2-diethyl- Method H 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2,3-dimethyl- Method F 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-3,3-dimethyl- Method F 1,4-butanediol, 2-(1,1-dimethylethyl)- 36976-70-2 1,4-butanediol, 3-methyl-2-isopropyl- 99799-24-3 More Preferred Isomers 1,3-butanediol, 2-(1-methylpropyl)- Method C 1,3-butanediol, 2-(2-methylpropyl)- Method C 1,3-butanediol, 2-butyl- 83988-22-1 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-2-propyl- 99799-79-8 1,3-butanediol, 3-methyl-2-propyl- Method D 1,4-butanediol, 2,2-diethyl- Method H 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2,3-dimethyl- Method F 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-3,3-dimethyl- Method F 1,4-butanediol, 2-(1,1-dimethylethyl)- 36976-70-2 Inoperable Isomers 1,4-butanediol, 2-butyl- 1,2-butanediol, 2-ethyl-3,3-dimethyl- 1,4-butanediol, 2-methyl-2-isopropyl- 1,2-butanediol, 3-methyl-2-isopropyl- 1,4-butanediol, 2,2,3,3-tetramethyl- TRIMETHYLPENTANEDIOL ISOMERS Operable Isomers 1,3-pentanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl- 35512-54-0 1,3-pentanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl- 144-19-4 1,3-pentanediol, 2,3,4-trimethyl- 116614-13-2 1,3-pentanediol, 2,4,4-trimethyl- 109387-36-2 1,3-pentanediol, 3,4,4-trimethyl- 81756-50-5 1,4-pentanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl- Method H 1,4-pentanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl- 80864-10-4 1,4-pentanediol, 2,3,3-trimethyl- Method H 1,4-pentanediol, 2,3,4-trimethyl- 92340-74-4 1,4-pentanediol, 3,3,4-trimethyl- 16466-35-6 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl- Method F 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl- 3465-14-3 1,5-pentanediol, 2,3,3-trimethyl- Method A 1,5-pentanediol, 2,3,4-trimethyl- 85373-83-7 2,4-pentanediol, 2,3,3-trimethyl- 24892-51-1 2,4-pentanediol, 2,3,4-trimethyl- 24892-52-2 Preferred Isomers 1,3-pentanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl- 35512-54-0 1,3-pentanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl- 144-19-4 1,3-pentanediol, 2,3,4-trimethyl- 116614-13-2 1,3-pentanediol, 2,4,4-trimethyl- 109387-36-2 1,3-pentanediol, 3,4,4-trimethyl- 81756-50-5 1,4-pentanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl- Method H 1,4-pentanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl- 80864-10-4 1,4-pentanediol, 2,3,3-trimethyl- Method F 1,4-pentanediol, 2,3,4-trimethyl- 92340-74-4 1,4-pentanediol, 3,3,4-trimethyl- 16466-35-6 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl- Method A 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl- 3465-14-3 1,5-pentanediol, 2,3,3-trimethyl- Method A 2,4-pentanediol, 2,3,4-trimethyl- 24892-52-2 More Preferred Iomers 1,3-pentanediol, 2,3,4-trimethyl- 116614-13-2 1,4-pentanediol, 2,3,4-trimethyl- 92340-74-4 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl- Method A 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl- 3465-14-3 1,5-pentanediol, 2,3,3-trimethyl- Method A Inoperable Isomers 1,2-pentanediol, 2,3,3-trimethyl- 1,2-pentanediol, 2,3,4-trimethyl- 1,2-pentanediol, 2,4,4-trimethyl- 1,2-pentanediol, 3,3,4-trimethyl- 1,2-pentanediol, 3,4,4-trimethyl- 2,3-pentanediol, 2,3,4-trimethyl- 2,3-pentanediol, 2,4,4-trimethyl- 2,3-pentanediol, 3,4,4-trimethyl- ETHYLMETHYLPENTANEDIOL ISOMERS Operable Isomers 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl- Method C 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl- Method D 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-4-methyl- 148904-97-6 1,3-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-2-methyl- 55661-05-7 1,4-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl- Method H 1,4-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl- Method F 1,4-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-4-methyl- Method G 1,4-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-2-methyl- Method F 1,4-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-3-methyl- Method F 1,5-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl- Method F 1,5-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl- 54886-83-8 1,5-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-4-methyl- Method F 1,5-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-3-methyl- 57740-12-2 2,4-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-2-methyl- Method G More Preferred Isomers 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl- Method C 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl- Method D 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-4-methyl- 148904-97-6 1,3-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-2-methyl- 55661-05-7 1,4-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl- Method H 1,4-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl- Method F 1,4-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-4-methyl- Method G 1,5-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-3-methyl- 57740-12-2 2,4-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-2-methyl- Method G Inoperable Isomers 1,2-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl- 1,2-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-4-methyl- 1,2-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-2-methyl- 1,2-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-3-methyl- 1,2-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-4-methyl- 1,3-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-4-methyl- 1,4-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-4-methyl- 1,5-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-2-methyl- 2,3-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-2-methyl- 2,3-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-4-methyl- 2,4-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-3-methyl- PROPYLPENTANEDIOL ISOMERS Operable Isomers 1,3-pentanediol, 2-isopropyl- Method D 1,3-pentanediol, 2-propyl- Method C 1,4-pentanediol, 2-isopropyl- Method H 1,4-pentanediol, 2-propyl- Method H 1,4-pentanediol, 3-isopropyl- Method H 1,5-pentanediol, 2-isopropyl- 90951-89-6 2,4-pentanediol, 3-propyl- Method C More Preferred Isomers 1,3-pentanediol, 2-isopropyl- Method D 1,3-pentanediol, 2-propyl- Method C 1,4-pentanediol, 2-isopropyl- Method H 1,4-pentanediol, 2-propyl- Method H 1,4-pentanediol, 3-isopropyl- Method H 2,4-pentanediol, 3-propyl- Method C Inoperable Isomers 1,2-pentanediol, 2-propyl- 1,2-pentanediol, 2-isopropyl- 1,4-pentanediol, 3-propyl- 1,5-pentanediol, 2-propyl- 2,4-pentanediol, 3-isopropyl- DIMETHYLHEXANEDIOL ISOMERS Operable Isomers 1,3-hexanediol, 2,2-dimethyl- 22006-96-8 1,3-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- Method D 1,3-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl- 78122-99-3 1,3-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl- Method C 1,3-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl- Method D 1,3-hexanediol, 3,5-dimethyl- Method D 1,3-hexanediol, 4,4-dimethyl- Method C 1,3-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl- Method C 1,4-hexanediol, 2,2-dimethyl- Method F 1,4-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- Method F 1,4-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl- Method G 1,4-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl- 22417-60-3 1,4-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl- Method F 1,4-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl- Method E 1,4-hexanediol, 3,5-dimethyl- Method H 1,4-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl- Method E 1,4-hexanediol, 5,5-dimethyl- 38624-38-3 1,5-hexanediol, 2,2-dimethyl- Method A 1,5-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- 62718-05-2 1,5-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl- 73455-82-0 1,5-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl- 58510-28-4 1,5-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl- 41736-99-6 1,5-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl- Method A 1,5-hexanediol, 3,5-dimethyl- Method G 1,5-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl- Method F 1,6-hexanediol, 2,2-dimethyl- 13622-91-8 1,6-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- Method F 1,6-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl- Method F 1,6-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl- 49623-11-2 1,6-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl- Method F 1,6-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl- 65363-45-3 2,4-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- 26344-17-2 2,4-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl- 29649-22-7 2,4-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl- 3899-89-6 2,4-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl- 42412-51-1 2,4-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl- 90951-83-0 2,4-hexanediol, 3,5-dimethyl- 159300-34-2 2,4-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl- Method D 2,4-hexanediol, 5,5-dimethyl- 108505-10-8 2,5-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- Method G 2,5-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl- Method G 2,5-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl- 110-03-2 2,5-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl- Method H 2,5-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl- 99799-30-1 2,6-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl- Method A More Preferred Isomers 1,3-hexanediol, 2,2-dimethyl- 22006-96-8 1,3-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- Method D 1,3-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl- 78122-99-3 1,3-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl- Method C 1,3-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl- Method D 1,3-hexanediol, 3,5-dimethyl- Method D 1,3-hexanediol, 4,4-dimethyl- Method C 1,3-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl- Method C 1,4-hexanediol, 2,2-dimethyl- Method H 1,4-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- Method F 1,4-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl- Method G 1,4-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl- 22417-60-3 1,4-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl- Method F 1,4-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl- Method E 1,4-hexanediol, 3,5-dimethyl- Method H 1,4-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl- Method E 1,4-hexanediol, 5,5-dimethyl- 38624-38-3 1,5-hexanediol, 2,2-dimethyl- Method A 1,5-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- 62718-05-2 1,5-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl- 73455-82-0 1,5-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl- 58510-28-4 1,5-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl- 41736-99-6 1,5-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl- Method A 1,5-hexanediol, 3,5-dimethyl- Method G 1,5-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl- Method F 2,6-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl- Method A Inoperable Isomers 1,2-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- 1,2-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl- 1,2-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl- 1,2-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl- 1,2-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl- 1,2-hexanediol, 3,5-dimethyl- 1,2-hexanediol, 4,4-dimethyl- 1,2-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl- 1,2-hexanediol, 5,5-dimethyl- 2,3-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- 2,3-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl- 2,3-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl- 2,3-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl- 2,3-hexanediol, 3,5-dimethyl- 2,3-hexanediol, 4,4-dimethyl- 2,3-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl- 2,3-hexanediol, 5,5-dimethyl- 3,4-hexanediol, 2,2-dimethyl- 3,4-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl- 3,4-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl- 3,4-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl- 3,4-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl- ETHYLHEXANEDIOL ISOMERS More Preferred Isomers 1,3-hexanediol, 2-ethyl- 94-96-2 1,3-hexanediol, 4-ethyl- Method C 1,4-hexanediol, 2-ethyl- 148904-97-6 1,4-hexanediol, 4-ethyl- 1113-00-4 1,5-hexanediol, 2-ethyl- 58374-34-8 2,4-hexanediol, 3-ethyl- Method C 2,4-hexanediol, 4-ethyl- 33683-47-5 2,5-hexanediol, 3-ethyl- Method F Inoperable Isomers 1,5-hexanediol, 4-ethyl- 1,6-hexanediol, 2-ethyl- 1,4-hexanediol, 3-ethyl- 1,5-hexanediol, 3-ethyl- 1,6-hexanediol, 3-ethyl- 1,2-hexanediol, 2-ethyl- 1,2-hexanediol, 3-ethyl- 1,2-hexanediol, 4-ethyl 2,3-hexanediol, 3-ethyl- 2,3-hexanediol, 4-ethyl- 3,4-hexanediol, 3-ethyl- 1,3-hexanediol, 3-ethyl- METHYLHEPTANEDIOL ISOMERS Operable Isomers 1,3-heptanediol, 2-methyl- 109417-38-1 1,3-heptanediol, 3-methyl- 165326-88-5 1,3-heptanediol, 4-methyl- Method C 1,3-heptanediol, 5-methyl- Method D 1,3-heptanediol, 6-methyl- Method C 1,4-heptanediol, 2-methyl- 15966-03-7 1,4-heptanediol, 3-methyl- 7748-38-1 1,4-heptanediol, 4-methyl- 72473-94-0 1,4-heptanediol, 5-methyl- 63003-04-3 1,4-heptanediol, 6-methyl- 99799-25-4 1,5-heptanediol, 2-methyl- 141605-00-7 1,5-heptanediol, 3-methyl- Method A 1,5-heptanediol, 4-methyl- Method A 1,5-heptanediol, 5-methyl- 99799-26-5 1,5-heptanediol, 6-methyl- 57740-00-8 1,6-heptanediol, 2-methyl- 132148-22-2 1,6-heptanediol, 3-methyl- Method G 1,6-heptanediol, 4-methyl- 156307-84-5 1,6-heptanediol, 5-methyl- Method A 1,6-heptanediol, 6-methyl- 5392-57-4 2,4-heptanediol, 2-methyl- 38836-26-9 2,4-heptanediol, 3-methyl- 6964-04-1 2,4-heptanediol, 4-methyl- 165326-87-4 2,4-heptanediol, 5-methyl- Method C 2,4-heptanediol, 6-methyl- 79356-95-9 2,5-heptanediol, 2-methyl- 141605-02-9 2,5-heptanediol, 3-methyl- Method G 2,5-heptanediol, 4-methyl- 156407-38-4 2,5-heptanediol, 5-methyl- 148843-72-5 2,5-heptanediol, 6-methyl- 51916-46-2 2,6-heptanediol, 2-methyl- 73304-48-0 2,6-heptanediol, 3-methyl- 29915-96-6 2,6-heptanediol, 4-methyl- 106257-69-6 3,4-heptanediol, 3-methyl- 18938-50-6 3,5-heptanediol, 2-methyl- Method C 3,5-heptanediol, 3-methyl- 99799-27-6 3,5-heptanediol, 4-methyl- 156407-37-3 More Preferred Isomers 1,3-heptanediol, 2-methyl- 109417-38-1 1,3-heptanediol, 3-methyl- 165326-88-5 1,3-heptanediol, 4-methyl- Method C 1,3-heptanediol, 5-methyl- Method D 1,3-heptanediol, 6-methyl- Method C 1,4-heptanediol, 2-methyl- 15966-03-7 1,4-heptanediol, 3-methyl- 7748-38-1 1,4-heptanediol, 4-methyl- 72473-94-0 1,4-heptanediol, 5-methyl- 63003-04-3 1,4-heptanediol, 6-methyl- 99799-25-4 1,5-heptanediol, 2-methyl- 141605-00-7 1,5-heptanediol, 3-methyl- Method A 1,5-heptanediol, 4-methyl- Method A 1,5-heptanediol, 5-methyl- 99799-26-5 1,5-heptanediol, 6-methyl- 57740-00-8 1,6-heptanediol, 2-methyl- 132148-22-2 1,6-heptanediol, 3-methyl- Method G 1,6-heptanediol, 4-methyl- 156307-84-5 1,6-heptanediol, 5-methyl- Method A 1,6-heptanediol, 6-methyl- 5392-57-4 2,4-heptanediol, 2-methyl- 38836-26-9 2,4-heptanediol, 3-methyl- 6964-04-1 2,4-heptanediol, 4-methyl- 165326-87-4 2,4-heptanediol, 5-methyl- Method C 2,4-heptanediol, 6-methyl- 79356-95-9 2,5-heptanediol, 2-methyl- 141605-02-9 2,5-heptanediol, 3-methyl- Method H 2,5-heptanediol, 4-methyl- 156407-38-4 2,5-heptanediol, 5-methyl- 148843-72-5 2,5-heptanediol, 6-methyl- 51916-46-2 2,6-heptanediol, 2-methyl- 73304-48-0 2,6-heptanediol, 3-methyl- 29915-96-6 2,6-heptanediol, 4-methyl- 106257-69-6 3,4-heptanediol, 3-methyl- 18938-50-6 3,5-heptanediol, 2-methyl- Method C 3,5-heptanediol, 4-methyl- 156407-37-3 Inoperable Isomers 1,7-heptanediol, 2-methyl- 1,7-heptanediol, 3-methyl- 1,7-heptanediol, 4-methyl- 2,3-heptanediol, 2-methyl- 2,3-heptanediol, 3-methyl- 2,3-heptanediol, 4-methyl- 2,3-heptanediol, 5-methyl- 2,3-heptanediol, 6-methyl- 3,4-heptanediol, 2-methyl- 3,4-heptanediol, 4-methyl- 3,4-heptanediol, 5-methyl- 3,4-heptanediol, 6-methyl- 1,2-heptanediol, 2-methyl- 1,2-heptanediol, 3-methyl- 1,2-heptanediol, 4-methyl- 1,2-heptanediol, 5-methyl- 1,2-heptanediol, 6-methyl- OCTANEDIOL ISOMERS More Preferred Isomers 2,4-octanediol 90162-24-6 2,5-octanediol 4527-78-0 2,6-octanediol Method A 2,7-octanediol 19686-96-5 3,5-octanediol 24892-55-5 3,6-octanediol 24434-09-1 Inoperable Isomers 1,2-octanediol 1117-86-8 1,3-octanediol 23433-05-8 1,4-octanediol 51916-47-3 1,5-octanediol 2736-67-6 1,6-octanediol 4060-76-6 1,7-octanediol 13175-32-1 1,8-octanediol 629-41-4 2,3-octanediol e.g., 98464-24-5 3,4-octanediol e.g., 99799-31-2 3,5-octanediol e.g., 129025-63-4 -
TABLE V NONANEDIOL ISOMERS Chemical Name CAS No. Preferred Isomers 2,4-pentanediol, 2,3,3,4-tetramethyl- 19424-43-2 Operable Isomers 2,4-pentanediol, 3-tertiarybutyl- 142205-14-9 2,4-hexanediol, 2,5,5-trimethyl- 97460-08-7 2,4-hexanediol, 3,3,4-trimethyl- Method D 2,4-hexanediol, 3,3,5-trimethyl- 27122-58-3 2,4-hexanediol, 3,5,5-trimethyl- Method D 2,4-hexanediol, 4,5,5-trimethyl- Method D 2,5-hexanediol, 3,3,4-trimethyl- Method H 2,5-hexanediol, 3,3,5-trimethyl- Method G Inoperable Isomers There are over 500 inoperable isomers including the following: 2,4-hexanediol, 2,4,5-trimethyl- 36587-81-2 2,4-hexanediol, 2,3,5-trimethyl-, erythro- 26344-20-7 2,4-hexanediol, 2,3,5-trimethyl-, threo- 26343-49-7 1,3-propanediol, 2-butyl-2-ethyl- 115-84-4 2,4-hexanediol, 2,3,5-trimethyl-, threo- 26343-49-7 -
TABLE VI ALKYL GLYCERYL ETHERS, DI(HYDROXYALKYL) ETHERS, AND ARYL GLYCERYL ETHERS Preferred Monoglycerol Ethers and Derivatives 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, triethoxylated 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, tetraethoxylated CAS No. More Preferred Monoglycerol Ethers and Derivatives 1,2-propanediol, 3-(n-pentyloxy)- 22636-32-4 1,2-propanediol, 3-(2-pentyloxy)- 1,2-propanediol, 3-(3-pentyloxy)- 1,2-propanediol, 3-(2-methyl-1-butyloxy)- 1,2-propanediol, 3-(iso-amyloxy)- 1,2-propanediol, 3-(3-methyl-2-butyloxy)- 1,2-propanediol, 3-(cyclohexyloxy)- 1,2-propanediol, 3-(1-cyclohex-1-enyloxy)- 1,3-propanediol, 2-(pentyloxy)- 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2-pentyloxy)- 1,3-propanediol, 2-(3-pentyloxy)- 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2-methyl-1-butyloxy)- 1,3-propanediol, 2-(iso-amyloxy)- 1,3-propanediol, 2-(3-methyl-2-butyloxy)- 1,3-propanediol, 2-(cyclohexyloxy)- 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1-cyclohex-1-enyloxy)- 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, pentaethoxylated 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, hexaethoxylated 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, heptaethoxylated 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, octaethoxylated 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, nonaethoxylated 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, monopropoxylated 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, dibutyleneoxylated 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, tributyleneoxylated More Preferred Di(hydroxyalkyl) Ethers bis(2-hydroxybutyl) ether bis(2-hydroxycyclopentyl) ether Inoperable Monoglycerol Ethers 1,2-propanediol, 3-ethyloxy- 1,2-propanediol, 3-propyloxy- 1,2-propanediol, 3-isopropyloxy- 1,2-propanediol, 3-butyloxy- 1,2-propanediol, 3-isobutyloxy- 1,2-propanediol, 3-tert-butyloxy- 1,2-propanediol, 3-octyloxy- 1,2-propanediol, 3-(2-ethylhexyloxy)- 1,2-propanediol, 3-(cyclopentyloxy)- 1,2-propanediol, 3-(1-cyclohex-2-enyloxy)- 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1-cyclohex-2-enyloxy)- AROMATIC GLYCERYL ETHERS Operable Aromatic Glyceryl Ethers 1,2-propanediol, 3-phenyloxy- 1,2-propanediol, 3-benzyloxy- 1,2-propanediol, 3-(2-phenylethyloxy)- 1,2-propanediol, 3-(1-phenyl-2-propanyloxy)- 1,3-propanediol, 2-phenyloxy- 1,3-propanediol, 2-(m-cresyloxy)- 1,3-propanediol, 2-(p-cresyloxy)- 1,3-propanediol, 2-benzyloxy- 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2-phenylethyloxy)- 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1-phenylethyloxy)- Preferred Aromatic Glyceryl Ethers 1,2-propanediol, 3-phenyloxy- 1,2-propanediol, 3-benzyloxy- 1,2-propanediol, 3-(2-phenylethyloxy)- 1,3-propanediol, 2-(m-cresyloxy)- 1,3-propanediol, 2-(p-cresyloxy)- 1,3-propanediol, 2-benzyloxy- 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2-phenylethyloxy)- Preferred Aromatic Glyceryl Ethers 1,2-propanediol, 3-phenyloxy- 1,2-propanediol, 3-benzyloxy- 1,2-propanediol, 3-(2-phenylethyloxy)- 1,3-propanediol, 2-(m-cresyloxy)- 1,3-propanediol, 2-(p-cresyloxy)- 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2-phenylethyloxy)- -
TABLE VII ALICYCLIC DIOLS AND DERIVATIVES Chemical Name CAS No. Preferred Cylic Diols and Derivatives 1-isopropyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol 59895-32-8 3-ethyl-4-methyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol 3-propyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol 3-isopropyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol 42113-90-6 1-ethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol 67396-17-2 1,2-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol 33046-20-7 1,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol 89794-56-9 2,4,5-trimethyl-1,3-cyclopentanediol 3,3-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol 89794-57-0 3,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol 70051-69-3 3,5-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol 89794-58-1 3-ethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol 4,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol 70197-54-5 4-ethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol 1,1-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexane 2658-60-8 1,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexane 76155-27-6 1,2-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol 53023-07-7 1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexane 13022-98-5 1,3-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol 128749-93-9 1,6-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol 164713-16-0 1-hydroxy-cyclohexaneethanol 40894-17-5 1-hydroxy-cyclohexanemethanol 15753-47-6 1-ethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol 10601-18-0 1-methyl-1,2-cyclohexanediol 52718-65-7 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol 114693-83-3 2,3-dimethyl-1,4-cyclohexanediol 70156-82-0 2,4-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol 2,5-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol 2,6-dimethyl-1,4-cyclohexanediol 34958-42-4 2-ethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol 155433-88-8 2-hydroxycyclohexaneethanol 24682-42-6 2-hydroxyethyl-1-cyclohexanol 2-hydroxymethylcyclohexanol 89794-52-5 3-hydroxyethyl-1-cyclohexanol 3-hydroxycyclohexaneethanol 86576-87-6 3-hydroxymethylcyclohexanol 3-methyl-1,2-cyclohexanediol 23477-91-0 4,4-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol 14203-50-0 4,5-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol 4,6-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol 16066-66-3 4-ethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol 4-hydroxyethyl-1-cyclohexanol 4-hydroxymethylcyclohexanol 33893-85-5 4-methyl-1,2-cyclohexanediol 23832-27-1 5,5-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol 51335-83-2 5-ethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol 1,2-cycloheptanediol 108268-28-6 2-methyl-1,3-cycloheptanediol 101375-80-8 2-methyl-1,4-cycloheptanediol 4-methyl-1,3-cycloheptanediol 5-methyl-1,3-cycloheptanediol 5-methyl-1,4-cycloheptanediol 90201-00-6 6-methyl-1,4-cycloheptanediol 1,3-cyclooctanediol 101935-36-8 1,4-cyclooctanediol 73982-04-4 1,5-cyclooctanediol 23418-82-8 1,2-cyclohexanediol, diethoxylate 1,2-cyclohexanediol, triethoxylate 1,2-cyclohexanediol, tetraethoxylate 1,2-cyclohexanediol, pentaethoxylate 1,2-cyclohexanediol, hexaethoxylate 1,2-cyclohexanediol, heptaethoxylate 1,2-cyclohexanediol, octaethoxylate 1,2-cyclohexanediol, nonaethoxylate 1,2-cyclohexanediol, monopropoxylate 1,2-cyclohexanediol, monobutylenoxylate 1,2-cyclohexanediol, dibutylenoxylate 1,2-cyclohexanediol, tributylenoxylate More Preferred Cylic Diols and Derivatives 1-isopropyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol 59895-32-8 3-ethyl-4-methyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol 3-propyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol 3-isopropyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol 42113-90-6 1-ethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol 67396-17-2 1,2-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol 33046-20-7 1,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol 89794-56-9 3,3-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol 89794-57-0 3,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol 70051-69-3 3,5-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol 89794-58-1 3-ethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol 4,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol 70197-54-5 4-ethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol 1,1-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexane 2658-60-8 1,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexane 76155-27-6 1,2-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol 53023-07-7 1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexane 13022-98-5 1-hydroxy-cyclohexanemethanol 15753-47-6 1-methyl-1,2-cyclohexanediol 52718-65-7 3-hydroxymethylcyclohexanol 3-methyl-1,2-cyclohexanediol 23477-91-0 4,4-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol 14203-50-0 4,5-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol 4,6-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol 16066-66-3 4-ethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol 4-hydroxyethyl-1-cyclohexanol 4-hydroxymethylcyclohexanol 33893-85-5 4-methyl-1,2-cyclohexanediol 23832-27-1 1,2-cycloheptanediol 108268-28-6 1,2-cyclohexanediol, pentaethoxylate 1,2-cyclohexanediol, hexaethoxylate 1,2-cyclohexanediol, heptaethoxylate 1,2-cyclohexanediol, octaethoxylate 1,2-cyclohexanediol, nonaethoxylate 1,2-cyclohexanediol, monopropoxylate 1,2-cyclohexanediol, dibutylenoxylate The unsaturated alicyclic diols include the following known unsaturated alicyclic diols: Operable Unsaturated Alicyclic Diols 1,2-Cyclobutanediol, 1-ethenyl-2-ethyl- 58016-14-1 3-Cyclobutene-1,2-diol, 1,2,3,4-tetramethyl- 90112-64-4 3-Cyclobutene-1,2-diol, 3,4-diethyl- 142543-60-0 3-Cyclobutene-1,2-diol, 3-(1,1-dimethylethyl)- 142543-56-4 3-Cyclobutene-1,2-diol, 3-butyl- 142543-55-3 1,2-Cyclopentanediol, 1,2-dimethyl-4-methylene- 103150-02-3 1,2-Cyclopentanediol, 1-ethyl-3-methylene- 90314-52-6 1,2-Cyclopentanediol, 4-(1-propenyl) 128173-45-5 3-Cyclopentene-1,2-diol, 1-ethyl-3-methyl- 90314-43-5 1,2-Cyclohexanediol, 1-ethenyl- 134134-16-0 1,2-Cyclohexanediol, 1-methyl-3-methylene- 98204-78-5 1,2-Cyclohexanediol, 1-methyl-4-methylene- 133358-53-9 1,2-Cyclohexanediol, 3-ethenyl- 55310-51-5 1,2-Cyclohexanediol, 4-ethenyl- 85905-16-4 3-Cyclohexene-1,2-diol, 2,6-dimethyl- 81969-75-7 3-Cyclohexene-1,2-diol, 6,6-dimethyl- 61875-93-2 4-Cyclohexene-1,2-diol, 3,6-dimethyl- 156808-73-0 4-Cyclohexene-1,2-diol, 4,5-dimethyl- 154351-54-9 3-Cyclooctene-1,2-diol 170211-27-5 4-Cyclooctene-1,2-diol 124791-61-3 5-Cyclooctene-1,2-diol 117468-07-2 Inoperable Unsaturated Cyclic Diols 1,2-Cyclopentanediol, 1-(1-methylethenyl)- 61447-83-4 1,2-Propanediol, 1-cyclopentyl- 55383-20-5 1,3-Cyclopentanediol, 2-(1-methylethylidene)- 65651-46-9 1,3-Propanediol, 2-(1-cyclopenten-1-yl)- 77192-43-9 1,3-Propanediol, 2-(2-cyclopenten-1-yl)- 25462-31-1 1,2-Ethanediol, 1-(1-cyclohexen-1-yl)- 151674-61-2 1,2-Ethanediol, 1-(3-cyclohexen-1-yl) 64011-53-6 2-Cyclohexene-1,4-diol, 5,5-dimethyl- 147274-55-3 4-Cyclohexene-1,3-diol, 3,6-dimethyl- 127716-90-9 1,3-Cycloheptanediol, 2-methylene- 132292-67-2 5-Cycloheptene-1,3-diol, 1-methyl- 160813-33-2 5-Cycloheptene-1,3-diol, 5-methyl- 160813-32-1 2-Cyclooctene-1,4-diol 37996-40-0 - In the following tables, “EO” means polyethoxylates, i.e., —(CH2CH2O)nH; Me-En means methyl-capped polyethoxylates —(CH2CH2O)nCH3; “2(Me-En)” means 2 Me-En groups needed; “PO” means polypropoxylates, —(CH(CH3)CH2O)nH; “BO” means polybutyleneoxy groups, —(CH(CH2CH3)CH2O)nH; and “n-BO” means poly(n-butyleneoxy) or poly(tetramethylene)oxy groups —(CH2CH2CH2CH2O)nH. The indicated alkoxylated derivatives are all operable and those that are preferred are in bold type and listed on the second line. Non-limiting, typical synthesis methods to prepare the alkoxylated derivatives are given hereinafter.
TABLE VIIIA Base Material EO's 1(Me-En) 2(Me-En) PO's n-BO's BO's Base Material(a) CAS No. (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) 1,2-propanediol 57-55-6 1-4 (C3) 3-4 4 1,2-propanediol, 558-43-0 4-10 1 2-methyl-(C4) 8-10 1 3 1,3-propanediol 504-63-2 6-8 5-6 (C3) 8 6 1,3-propanediol, 115-76-4 1-7 1-2 2,2-diethyl-(C7) 4-7 1 2 1,3-propanediol, 126-30-7 3-4 2,2-dimethyl-(C5) 1-2 4 1,3-propanediol, 2- 33673-01-7 1-7 1-2 (1-methylpropyl)- 4-7 1 2 (C7) 1,3-propanediol, 2- 26462-20-8 1-7 1-2 (2-methylpropyl)- 4-7 1 2 (C7) 1,3-propanediol, 2612-29-5 6-10 2-ethyl-(C5) 9-10 1 3 1,3-propanediol, 2- 77-84-9 1-6 ethyl-2-methyl-(C6) 3-6 2 1 1,3-propanediol, 2612-27-3 1-6 2-isopropyl-(C6) 3-6 2 1 1,3-propanediol, 2163-42-0 2-5 4-5 2-methyl-(C4) 4-5 5 2 1,3-propanediol, 2- 2109-23-1 2-9 1-3 methyl-2-isopropyl- 6-9 1 2-3 (C7) 1,3-propanediol, 2- 78-26-2 1-7 1-2 methyl-2-propyl- 4-7 1 2 (C7) 1,3-propanediol, 2612-28-4 1 2-propyl-(C6) 1-4 2
(a)The number of indicated alkoxylated groups in this and following Tables VIII are all operable, the generic limits being listed on the first line, and those that are preferred are in bold type and listed on the second line.
(b) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH2CH2O) groups in the polyethoxylated derivative.
(c) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH2CH2O) groups in the one methyl-capped polyethoxylate substituant in each derivative.
(d) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH2CH2O) groups in each of the two methyl-capped polyethoxylate substituants in each derivative.
(e) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH(CH3)CH2O) groups in the polypropoxylated derivative.
(f) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH2CH2CH2CH2O) groups in the polytetramethyleneoxylated derivative.
(g) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH(CH2CH3)CH2O) groups in the polybutoxylated derivative.
-
TABLE VIIIB Base Material EO's 1(Me-En) 2(Me-En) PO's n-BO's BO's Base Material(a) CAS No. (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) 1,2-butanediol (C4) 584-03-2 2-8 6-8 2-3 1 1,2-butanediol, 66553-15-9 1-6 1-2 2,3-dimethyl-(C6) 2-5 1 1,2-butanediol, 66553-16-0 2-ethyl-(C6) 1-3 1 1,2-butanediol, 41051-72-3 2-methyl-(C5) 1-2 1 1,2-butanediol, 59562-82-2 1-6 1-2 3,3-dimethyl-(C6) 2-5 1 1,2-butanediol, 50468-22-9 3-methyl-(C5) 1-2 1 1,3-butanediol (C4) 107-88-0 3-6 5 5-6 2 1,3-butanediol, 2, 16343-75-2 1-2 2,3-trimethyl-(C7) 1-3 2 1,3-butanediol, 2, 76-35-7 3-8 2-dimethyl-(C6) 6-8 3 1,3-butanediol, 24893-35-4 3-8 2,3-dimethyl-(C6) 6-8 3 1,3-butanediol, 66553-17-1 1-6 2-ethyl-(C6) 4-6 2 to 3 1 1,3-butanediol, 2- Method C 2-4 ethyl-2-methyl-(C7) 1 1 3 1,3-butanediol, 2- 68799-03-1 2-4 ethyl-3-methyl-(C7) 1 1 3 1,3-butanediol, 66567-04-2 2-4 2-isopropyl-(C7) 1 1 3 1,3-butanediol, 684-84-4 1-3 2-methyl-(C5) 2-3 4 1,3-butanediol, 66567-03-1 2-9 1-3 2-propyl-(C7) 6-8 1 2-3 1,3-butanediol, 2568-33-4 1-3 3-methyl-(C5) 2-3 4 1,4-butanediol(C4) 110-63-4 2-4 4-5 2 3-4 4-5 1,4-butanediol, 2, 162108-60-3 2-9 1-3 2,3-trimethyl-(C7) 6-9 1 2-3 1,4-butanediol, 32812-23-0 1-6 2,2-dimethyl-(C6) 3-6 2 1 1,4-butanediol, 57716-80-0 1-6 2,3-dimethyl-(C6) 3-6 2 1 1,4-butanediol, 57716-79-7 1 2-ethyl-(C6) 1-4 2 1,4-butanediol, 2- 76651-98-4 1-7 1-2 ethyl-2-methyl-(C7) 4-7 1 2 1,4-butanediol, 2- 66225-34-1 1-7 1-2 ethyl-3-methyl-(C7) 4-7 1 2 1,4-butanediol, 39497-66-0 1-7 1-2 2-isopropyl-(C7) 4-7 1 2 1,4-butanediol, 2938-98-9 6-10 1 2-methyl-(C5) 9-10 1 3 1,4-butanediol, 62946-68-3 1-5 1-2 2-propyl-(C7) 2-5 1 1,4-butanediol, 3- Method F 2-9 1-3 ethyl-1-methyl-(C7) 6-8 1 2-3 2,3-butanediol (C4) 513-85-9 6-10 1 9-10 1 3-4 2,3-butanediol, 76-09-5 3-9 1-3 2,3-dimethyl-(C6) 7-9 1 2-3 2,3-butanediol, 5396-58-7 1-5 2-methyl-(C5) 2-5 2 1
(a)The number of indicated alkoxylated groups in this Table are all operable, the generic limits being listed on the first line, and those that are preferred are in bold type and listed on the second line.
(b) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH2CH2O) groups in the polyethoxylated derivative.
(c) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH2CH2O) groups in the one methyl-capped polyethoxylate substituant in each derivative.
(d) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH2CH2O) groups in each of the two methyl-capped polyethoxylate substituants in each derivative.
(e) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH(CH3)CH2O) groups in the polypropoxylated derivative.
(f) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH2CH2CH2CH2O) groups in the polytetramethyleneoxylated derivative.
(g) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH(CH2CH3)CH2O) groups in the polybutoxylated derivative.
-
TABLE VIIIC Base Material EO's 1(Me-En) 2(Me-En) PO's n-BO's BO's Base Material(a) CAS No. (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) 1,2-pentanediol 5343-92-0 3-10 2-3 (C5) 7-10 1 3 1,2-pentanediol, 20667-05-4 2-methyl-(C6) 1-3 1 1,2-pentanediol, 159623-53-7 3-methyl-(C6) 1-3 1 1,2-pentanediol, 72110-08-8 4-methyl-(C6) 1-3 1 1,3-pentanediol 3174-67-2 (C5) 1-2 3-4 1,3-pentanediol, 2157-31-5 2-4 2,2-dimethyl-(C7) 1 1 3 1,3-pentanediol, 66225-52-3 2-4 2,3-dimethyl-(C7) 1 1 3 1,3-pentanediol, 60712-38-1 2-4 2,4-dimethyl-(C7) 1 1 3 1,3-pentanediol, 29887-11-4 2-9 1-3 2-ethyl-(C7) 6-8 1 2-3 1,3-pentanediol, 149-31-5 1-6 1 2-methyl-(C6) 4-6 2-3 1,3-pentanediol, 129851-50-9 2-4 3,4-dimethyl-(C7) 1 1 3 1,3-pentanediol, 33879-72-0 1-6 1 3-methyl-(C6) 4-6 2-3 1,3-pentanediol, 30458-16-3 2-4 4,4-dimethyl-(C7) 1 1 3 1,3-pentanediol, 54876-99-2 1-6 1 4-methyl-(C6) 4-6 2-3 1,4-pentanediol 626-95-9 (C5) 1-2 3-4 1,4-pentanediol, Method F 2-4 2,2-dimethyl-(C7) 1 1 3 1,4-pentanediol, Method F 2-4 2,3-dimethyl-(C7) 1 1 3 1,4-pentanediol, Method F 2-4 2,4-dimethyl-(C7) 1 1 3 1,4-pentanediol, 6287-17-8 1-6 1 2-methyl-(C6) 4-6 2-3 1,4-pentanediol, 81887-62-9 2-4 3,3-dimethyl-(C7) 1 1 3 1,4-pentanediol, 63521-36-8 2-4 3,4-dimethyl-(C7) 1 1 3 1,4-pentanediol, 26787-63-3 1-6 1 3-methyl-(C6) 4-6 2-3 1,4-pentanediol, 1462-10-8 1-6 1 4-methyl-(C6) 4-6 2-3 1,5-pentanediol 111-29-5 4-10 (C5) 8-10 1 3 1,5-pentanediol, 3121-82-2 1-7 1-2 2,2-dimethyl-(C7) 4-7 1 2 1,5-pentanediol, 81554-20-3 1-7 1-2 2,3-dimethyl-(C7) 4-7 1 2 1,5-pentanediol, 2121-69-9 1-7 1-2 2,4-dimethyl-(C7) 4-7 1 2 1,5-pentanediol, 14189-13-0 1-5 1-2 2-ethyl-(C7) 2-5 1 1,5-pentanediol, 42856-62-2 2-methyl-(C6) 1-4 2 1,5-pentanediol, 53120-74-4 1-7 1-2 3,3-dimethyl-(C7) 4-7 1 2 1,5-pentanediol, 4457-71-0 3-methyl-(C6) 1-4 2 2,3-pentanediol 42027-23-6 (C5) 1-3 2 2,3-pentanediol, 7795-80-4 1-7 1-2 2-methyl-(C6) 4-7 1 2 2,3-pentanediol, 63521-37-9 1-7 1-2 3-methyl-(C6) 4-7 1 2 2,3-pentanediol, 7795-79-1 1-7 1-2 4-methyl-(C6) 4-7 1 2 2,4-pentanediol 625-69-4 1-4 (C5) 2-4 4 2,4-pentanediol, 24893-39-8 1-4 2,3-dimethyl-(C7) 2-4 2 2,4-pentanediol, 24892-49-7 1-4 2,4-dimethyl-(C7) 2-4 2 2,4-pentanediol, 107-41-5 5-10 2-methyl-(C6) 8-10 3 2,4-pentanediol, 24892-50-0 1-4 3,3-dimethyl-(C7) 2-4 2 2,4-pentanediol, Method H 5-10 3-methyl-(C6) 8-10 3
(a)The number of indicated alkoxylated groups in this Table are all operable, the generic limits being listed on the first line, and those that are preferred are in bold type and listed on the second line.
(b) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH2CH2O) groups in the polyethoxylated derivative.
(c) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH2CH2O) groups in the one methyl-capped polyethoxylate substituant in each derivative.
(d) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH2CH2O) groups in each of the two methyl-capped polyethoxylate substituants in each derivative.
(e) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH(CH3)CH2O) groups in the polypropoxylated derivative.
(f) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH2CH2CH2CH2O) groups in the polytetramethyleneoxylated derivative.
(g) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH(CH2CH3)CH2O) groups in the polybutoxylated derivative.
-
TABLE VIIID Base Material EO's 1(Me-En) PO's n-BO's BO's Base Material(a) CAS No. (b) (c) (e) (f) (g) 1,3-hexanediol (C6) 21531-91-9 1-5 2-5 2 1 1,3-hexanediol, 2-methyl- 66072-21-7 2-9 1-3 1 (C7) 6-8 1 2-3 1,3-hexanediol, 3-methyl- Method D 2-9 1-3 (C7) 6-8 1 2-3 1,3-hexanediol, 4-methyl- Method C 2-9 1-3 (C7) 6-8 1 2-3 1,3-hexanediol, 5-methyl- 109863-14-1 2-9 1-3 (C7) 6-8 1 2-3 1,4-hexanediol (C6) 16432-53-4 1-5 2-5 2 1 1,4-hexanediol, 2-methyl- Method F 2-9 1-3 (C7) 6-8 1 2-3 1,4-hexanediol, 3-methyl- 66225-36-3 2-9 1-3 (C7) 6-8 1 2-3 1,4-hexanediol, 4-methyl- 40646-08-0 2-9 1-3 (C7) 6-8 1 2-3 1,4-hexanediol, 5-methyl- 38624-36-1 2-9 1-3 (C7) 6-8 1 2-3 1,5-hexanediol (C6) 928-40-5 1-5 2-5 2 1 1,5-hexanediol, 2-methyl- Method F 2-9 1-3 (C7) 6-8 1 2-3 1,5-hexanediol, 3-methyl- Method F 2-9 1-3 (C7) 6-8 1 2-3 1,5-hexanediol, 4-methyl- 66225-37-4 2-9 1-3 (C7) 6-8 1 2-3 1,5-hexanediol, 5-methyl- 1462-11-9 2-9 1-3 (C7) 6-8 1 2-3 1,6-hexanediol (C6) 629-11-8 1-2 1-2 4 1,6-hexanediol, 2-methyl- 25258-92-8 1-5 1-2 (C7) 2-5 1 1,6-hexanediol, 3-methyl- 4089-71-8 1-5 1-2 (C7) 2-5 1 2,3-hexanediol (C6) 617-30-1 1-5 1-2 2-5 1 2,4-hexanediol (C6) 19780-90-6 3-8 5-8 3 2,4-hexanediol, 2-methyl- 66225-35-2 (C7) 1-2 1-2 2,4-hexanediol, 3-methyl- 116530-79-1 (C7) 1-2 1-2 2,4-hexanediol, 4-methyl- 38836-25-8 (C7) 1-2 1-2 2,4-hexanediol, 5-methyl- 54877-00-8 (C7) 1-2 1-2 2,5-hexanediol (C6) 2935-44-6 3-8 5-8 3 2,5-hexanediol, 2-methyl- 29044-06-2 (C7) 1-2 1-2 2,5-hexanediol, 3-methyl- Method H (C7) 1-2 1-2 3,4-hexanediol (C6) 922-17-8 1-5 2-5 1
(a)The number of indicated alkoxylated groups in this Table are all operable, the generic limits being listed on the first line, and those that are preferred are in bold type and listed on the second line.
(b) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH2CH2O) groups in the polyethoxylated derivative.
(c) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH2CH2O) groups in the one methyl-capped polyethoxylate substituant in each derivative.
(e) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH(CH3)CH2O) groups in the polypropoxylated derivative.
(f) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH2CH2CH2CH2O) groups in the polytetramethyleneoxylated derivative.
(g) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH(CH2CH3)CH2O) groups in the polybutoxylated derivative.
-
TABLE VIIIE Base Material EO's 1(Me-En) PO's n-BO's Base Material(a) CAS No. (b) (c) (e) (f) 1,3-heptanediol (C7) 23433-04-7 1-7 1-2 3-6 1 2 1,4-heptanediol (C7) 40646-07-9 1-7 1-2 3-6 1 2 1,5-heptanediol (C7) 60096-09-5 1-7 1-2 3-6 1 2 1,6-heptanediol (C7) 13175-27-4 1-7 1-2 3-6 1 2 1,7-heptanediol (C7) 629-30-1 1-2 1 2,4-heptanediol (C7) 20748-86-1 3-10 7-10 1 1 3 2,5-heptanediol (C7) 70444-25-6 3-10 7-10 1 1 3 2,6-heptanediol (C7) 5969-12-0 3-10 7-10 1 1 3 3,5-heptanediol (C7) 86632-40-8 3-10 7-10 1 1 3
(a)The number of indicated alkoxylated groups in this Table are all operable, the generic limits being listed on the first line, and those that are preferred are in bold type and listed on the second line.
(b) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH2CH2O) groups in the polyethoxylated derivative.
(c) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH2CH2O) groups in the one methyl-capped polyethoxylate substituant in each derivative.
(e) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH(CH3)CH2O) groups in the polypropoxylated derivative.
(f) The numbers in this column are average numbers of (CH2CH2CH2CH2O) groups in the polytetramethyleneoxylated derivative.
-
TABLE IX AROMATIC DIOLS Suitable aromatic diols include: Chemical Name CAS No. Operable Aromatic Diols 1-phenyl-1,2-ethanediol 93-56-1 1-phenyl-1,2-propanediol 1855-09-0 2-phenyl-1,2-propanediol 87760-50-7 3-phenyl-1,2-propanediol 17131-14-5 1-(3-methylphenyl)-1,3-propanediol 51699-43-5 1-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3-propanediol 159266-06-5 2-methyl-1-phenyl-1,3-propanediol 139068-60-3 1-phenyl-1,3-butanediol 118100-60-0 3-phenyl-1,3-butanediol 68330-54-1 1-phenyl-1,4-butanediol 136173-88-1 2-phenyl-1,4-butanediol 95840-73-6 1-phenyl-2,3-butanediol 169437-68-7 Preferred Aromatic Diols 1-phenyl-1,2-ethanediol 93-56-1 1-phenyl-1,2-propanediol 1855-09-0 2-phenyl-1,2-propanediol 87760-50-7 3-phenyl-1,2-propanediol 17131-14-5 1-(3-methylphenyl)-1,3-propanediol 51699-43-5 1-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3-propanediol 159266-06-5 2-methyl-1-phenyl-1,3-propanediol 139068-60-3 1-phenyl-1,3-butanediol 118100-60-0 3-phenyl-1,3-butanediol 68330-54-1 1-phenyl-1,4-butanediol 136173-88-1 More Preferred Aromatic Diols 1-phenyl-1,2-propanediol 1855-09-0 2-phenyl-1,2-propanediol 87760-50-7 3-phenyl-1,2-propanediol 17131-14-5 1-(3-methylphenyl)-1,3-propanediol 51699-43-5 1-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3-propanediol 159266-06-5 2-methyl-1-phenyl-1,3-propanediol 139068-60-3 3-phenyl-1,3-butanediol 68330-54-1 1-phenyl-1,4-butanediol 136173-88-1 Inoperable Aromatic Diols 1-phenyl-1,3-propanediol 2-phenyl-1,3-propanediol 1-phenyl-1,2-butanediol 154902-08-6 2-phenyl-1,2-butanediol 157008-55-4 3-phenyl-1,2-butanediol 141505-72-8 4-phenyl-1,2-butanediol 143615-31-0 2-phenyl-1,3-butanediol 103941-94-2 4-phenyl-1,3-butanediol 81096-91-5 2-phenyl-2,3-butanediol 138432-94-7 - X. principal solvents which are homologs, or analogs, of the above structures where the total number of hydrogen atoms is increased by the addition of one, or more additional CH2 groups, the total number of hydrogen atoms being kept at the same number by introducing double bonds, are also useful with examples including the following known compounds:
TABLE X EXAMPLES OF UNSATURATED COMPOUNDS Operable Unsaturated Diols 1,3-Propanediol, 2,2-di-2-propenyl- 55038-13-6 1,3-Propanediol, 2-(1-pentenyl)- 138436-18-7 1,3-Propanediol, 2-(2-methyl-2-propenyl)-2-(2-propenyl)- 121887-76-1 1,3-Propanediol, 2-(3-methyl-1-butenyl)- 138436-17-6 1,3-Propanediol, 2-(4-pentenyl)- 73012-46-1 1,3-Propanediol, 2-ethyl-2-(2-methyl-2-propenyl)- 91367-61-2 1,3-Propanediol, 2-ethyl-2-(2-propenyl)- 27606-26-4 1,3-Propanediol, 2-methyl-2-(3-methyl-3-butenyl)- 132130-95-1 1,3-Butanediol, 2,2-diallyl- 103985-49-5 1,3-Butanediol, 2-(1-ethyl-1-propenyl)- 116103-35-6 1,3-Butanediol, 2-(2-butenyl)-2-methyl- 92207-83-5 1,3-Butanediol, 2-(3-methyl-2-butenyl)- 98955-19-2 1,3-Butanediol, 2-ethyl-2-(2-propenyl)- 122761-93-7 1,3-Butanediol, 2-methyl-2-(1-methyl-2-propenyl)- 141585-58-2 1,4-Butanediol, 2,3-bis(1-methylethylidene)- 52127-63-6 1,4-Butanediol, 2-(3-methyl-2-butenyl)-3-methylene- 115895-78-8 2-Butene-1,4-diol, 2-(1,1-dimethylpropyl)- 91154-01-7 2-Butene-1,4-diol, 2-(1-methylpropyl)- 91154-00-6 2-Butene-1,4-diol, 2-butyl- 153943-66-9 1,3-Pentanediol, 2-ethenyl-3-ethyl- 104683-37-6 1,3-Pentanediol, 2-ethenyl-4,4-dimethyl- 143447-08-9 1,4-Pentanediol, 3-methyl-2-(2-propenyl)- 139301-86-3 1,5-Pentanediol, 2-(1-propenyl)- 84143-44-2 1,5-Pentanediol, 2-(2-propenyl)- 134757-01-0 1,5-Pentanediol, 2-ethylidene-3-methyl- 42178-93-8 1,5-Pentanediol, 2-propylidene- 58203-50-2 2,4-Pentanediol, 3-ethylidene-2,4-dimethyl- 88610-19-9 4-Pentene-1,3-diol, 2-(1,1-dimethylethyl)- 109788-04-7 4-Pentene-1,3-diol, 2-ethyl-2,3-dimethyl- 90676-97-4 1,4-Hexanediol, 4-ethyl-2-methylene- 66950-87-6 1,5-Hexadiene-3,4-diol, 2,3,5-trimethyl- 18984-03-7 1,5-Hexadiene-3,4-diol, 5-ethyl-3-methyl- 18927-12-3 1,5-Hexanediol, 2-(1-methylethenyl)- 96802-18-5 1,6-Hexanediol, 2-ethenyl- 66747-31-7 1-Hexene-3,4-diol, 5,5-dimethyl- 169736-29-2 1-Hexene-3,4-diol, 5,5-dimethyl- 120191-04-0 2-Hexene-1,5-diol, 4-ethenyl-2,5-dimethyl- 70101-76-7 3-Hexene-1,6-diol, 2-ethenyl-2,5-dimethyl- 112763-52-7 3-Hexene-1,6-diol, 2-ethyl- 84143-45-3 3-Hexene-1,6-diol, 3,4-dimethyl- 125032-66-8 4-Hexene-2,3-diol, 2,5-dimethyl- 13295-61-9 4-Hexene-2,3-diol, 3,4-dimethyl- 135367-17-8 5-Hexene-1,3-diol, 3-(2-propenyl)- 74693-24-6 5-Hexene-2,3-diol, 2,3-dimethyl- 154386-00-2 5-Hexene-2,3-diol, 3,4-dimethyl- 135096-13-8 5-Hexene-2,3-diol, 3,5-dimethyl- 134626-63-4 5-Hexene-2,4-diol, 3-ethenyl-2,5-dimethyl- 155751-24-9 1,4-Heptanediol, 6-methyl-5-methylene- 100590-29-2 1,5-Heptadiene-3,4-diol, 2,3-dimethyl- 18927-06-5 1,5-Heptadiene-3,4-diol, 2,5-dimethyl- 22607-16-5 1,5-Heptadiene-3,4-diol, 3,5-dimethyl- 18938-51-7 1,7-Heptanediol, 2,6-bis(methylene)- 139618-24-9 1,7-Heptanediol, 4-methylene- 71370-08-6 1-Heptene-3,5-diol, 2,4-dimethyl- 155932-77-7 1-Heptene-3,5-diol, 2,6-dimethyl- 132157-35-8 1-Heptene-3,5-diol, 3-ethenyl-5-methyl 61841-10-9 1-Heptene-3,5-diol, 6,6-dimethyl- 109788-01-4 2,4-Heptadiene-2,6-diol, 4,6-dimethyl- 102605-95-8 2,5-Heptadiene-1,7-diol, 4,4-dimethyl- 162816-19-5 2,6-Heptadiene-1,4-diol, 2,5,5-trimethyl- 115346-30-0 2-Heptene-1,4-diol, 5,6-dimethyl- 103867-76-1 2-Heptene-1,5-diol, 5-ethyl- 104683-39-8 2-Heptene-1,7-diol, 2-methyl- 74868-68-1 3-Heptene-1,5-diol, 4,6-dimethyl- 147028-45-3 3-Heptene-1,7-diol, 3-methyl-6-methylene- 109750-55-2 3-Heptene-2,5-diol, 2,4-dimethyl- 98955-40-9 3-Heptene-2,5-diol, 2,5-dimethyl- 24459-23-2 3-Heptene-2,6-diol, 2,6-dimethyl- 160524-66-3 3-Heptene-2,6-diol, 4,6-dimethyl- 59502-66-8 5-Heptene-1,3-diol, 2,4-dimethyl- 123363-69-9 5-Heptene-1,3-diol, 3,6-dimethyl- 96924-52-6 5-Heptene-1,4-diol, 2,6-dimethyl- 106777-98-4 5-Heptene-1,4-diol, 3,6-dimethyl- 106777-99-5 5-Heptene-2,4-diol, 2,3-dimethyl- 104651-56-1 6-Heptene-1,3-diol, 2,2-dimethyl- 140192-39-8 6-Heptene-1,4-diol, 4-(2-propenyl)- 1727-87-3 6-Heptene-1,4-diol, 5,6-dimethyl- 152344-16-6 6-Heptene-1,5-diol, 2,4-dimethyl- 74231-27-9 6-Heptene-1,5-diol, 2-ethylidene-6-methyl- 91139-73-0 6-Heptene-2,4-diol, 4-(2-propenyl)- 101536-75-8 6-Heptene-2,4-diol, 5,5-dimethyl- 98753-77-6 6-Heptene-2,5-diol, 4,6-dimethyl- 134876-94-1 6-Heptene-2,5-diol, 5-ethenyl-4-methyl- 65757-31-5 1,3-Octanediol, 2-methylene- 108086-78-8 1,6-Octadiene-3,5-diol, 2,6-dimethyl- 91140-06-6 1,6-Octadiene-3,5-diol, 3,7-dimethyl- 75654-19-2 1,7-Octadiene-3,6-diol, 2,6-dimethyl- 51276-33-6 1,7-Octadiene-3,6-diol, 2,7-dimethyl- 26947-10-4 1,7-Octadiene-3,6-diol, 3,6-dimethyl- 31354-73-1 1-Octene-3,6-diol, 3-ethenyl- 65757-34-8 2,4,6-Octatriene-1,8-diol, 2,7-dimethyl- 162648-63-7 2,4-Octadiene-1,7-diol, 3,7-dimethyl- 136054-24-5 2,5-Octadiene-1,7-diol, 2,6-dimethyl- 91140-07-7 2,5-Octadiene-1,7-diol, 3,7-dimethyl- 117935-59-8 2,6-Octadiene-1,4-diol, 3,7-dimethyl-(Rosiridol) 101391-01-9 2,6-Octadiene-1,8-diol, 2-methyl- 149112-02-7 2,7-Octadiene-1,4-diol, 3,7-dimethyl- 91140-08-8 2,7-Octadiene-1,5-diol, 2,6-dimethyl- 91140-09-9 2,7-Octadiene-1,6-diol, 2,6-dimethyl-(8-Hydroxylinalool) 103619-06-3 2,7-Octadiene-1,6-diol, 2,7-dimethyl- 60250-14-8 2-Octene-1,4-diol 40735-15-7 2-Octene-1,7-diol 73842-95-2 2-Octene-1,7-diol, 2-methyl-6-methylene- 91140-16-8 3,5-Octadiene-1,7-diol, 3,7-dimethyl- 62875-09-6 3,5-Octadiene-2,7-diol, 2,7-dimethyl- 7177-18-6 3,5-Octanediol, 4-methylene- 143233-15-2 3,7-Octadiene-1,6-diol, 2,6-dimethyl- 127446-29-1 3,7-Octadiene-2,5-diol, 2,7-dimethyl- 171436-39-8 3,7-Octadiene-2,6-diol, 2,6-dimethyl- 150283-67-3 3-Octene-1,5-diol, 4-methyl- 147028-43-1 3-Octene-1,5-diol, 5-methyl- 19764-77-3 4,6-Octadiene-1,3-diol, 2,2-dimethyl- 39824-01-6 4,7-Octadiene-2,3-diol, 2,6-dimethyl- 51117-38-5 4,7-Octadiene-2,6-diol, 2,6-dimethyl- 59076-71-0 4-Octene-1,6-diol, 7-methyl- 84538-24-9 4-Octene-1,8-diol, 2,7-bis(methylene)- 109750-56-3 4-Octene-1,8-diol, 2-methylene- 109750-58-5 5,7-Octadiene-1,4-diol, 2,7-dimethyl- 105676-78-6 5,7-Octadiene-1,4-diol, 7-methyl- 105676-80-0 5-Octene-1,3-diol 130272-38-7 6-Octene-1,3-diol, 7-methyl- 110971-19-2 6-Octene-1,4-diol, 7-methyl- 152715-87-2 6-Octene-1,5-diol 145623-79-6 6-Octene-1,5-diol, 7-methyl- 116214-61-0 6-Octene-3,5-diol, 2-methyl- 65534-66-9 6-Octene-3,5-diol, 4-methyl- 156414-25-4 7-Octene-1,3-diol, 2-methyl- 155295-38-8 7-Octene-1,3-diol, 4-methyl- 142459-25-4 7-Octene-1,3-diol, 7-methyl- 132130-96-2 7-Octene-1,5-diol 7310-51-2 7-Octene-1,6-diol 159099-43-1 7-Octene-1,6-diol, 5-methyl- 144880-56-8 7-Octene-2,4-diol, 2-methyl-6-methylene- 72446-81-2 7-Octene-2,5-diol, 7-methyl- 152344-12-2 7-Octene-3,5-diol, 2-methyl- 98753-85-6 1-Nonene-3,5-diol 119554-56-2 1-Nonene-3,7-diol 23866-97-9 3-Nonene-2,5-diol 165746-84-9 4,6-Nonadiene-1,3-diol, 8-methyl- 124099-52-1 4-Nonene-2,8-diol 154600-80-3 6,8-Nonadiene-1,5-diol 108586-03-4 7-Nonene-2,4-diol 30625-41-3 8-Nonene-2,4-diol 119785-59-0 8-Nonene-2,5-diol 132381-58-9 1,9-Decadiene-3,8-diol 103984-04-9 1,9-Decadiene-4,6-diol 138835-67-3 Preferred Unsaturated Diols 1,3-Butanediol, 2,2-diallyl- 103985-49-5 1,3-Butanediol, 2-(1-ethyl-1-propenyl)- 116103-35-6 1,3-Butanediol, 2-(2-butenyl)-2-methyl- 92207-83-5 1,3-Butanediol, 2-(3-methyl-2-butenyl)- 98955-19-2 1,3-Butanediol, 2-ethyl-2-(2-propenyl)- 122761-93-7 1,3-Butanediol, 2-methyl-2-(1-methyl-2-propenyl)- 141585-58-2 1,4-Butanediol, 2,3-bis(1-methylethylidene)- 52127-63-6 1,3-Pentanediol, 2-ethenyl-3-ethyl- 104683-37-6 1,3-Pentanediol, 2-ethenyl-4,4-dimethyl- 143447-08-9 1,4-Pentanediol, 3-methyl-2-(2-propenyl)- 139301-86-3 4-Pentene-1,3-diol, 2-(1,1-dimethylethyl)- 109788-04-7 4-Pentene-1,3-diol, 2-ethyl-2,3-dimethyl- 90676-97-4 1,4-Hexanediol, 4-ethyl-2-methylene- 66950-87-6 1,5-Hexadiene-3,4-diol, 2,3,5-trimethyl- 18984-03-7 1,5-Hexanediol,2-(1-methylethenyl)- 96802-18-5 2-Hexene-1,5-diol, 4-ethenyl-2,5-dimethyl- 70101-76-7 1,4-Heptanediol, 6-methyl-5-methylene- 100590-29-2 2,4-Heptadiene-2,6-diol, 4,6-dimethyl- 102605-95-8 2,6-Heptadiene-1,4-diol, 2,5,5-trimethyl- 115346-30-0 2-Heptene-1,4-diol, 5,6-dimethyl- 103867-76-1 3-Heptene-1,5-diol, 4,6-dimethyl- 147028-45-3 5-Heptene-1,3-diol, 2,4-dimethyl- 123363-69-9 5-Heptene-1,3-diol, 3,6-dimethyl- 96924-52-6 5-Heptene-1,4-diol, 2,6-dimethyl- 106777-98-4 5-Heptene-1,4-diol, 3,6-dimethyl- 106777-99-5 6-Heptene-1,3-diol, 2,2-dimethyl- 140192-39-8 6-Heptene-1,4-diol, 5,6-dimethyl- 152344-16-6 6-Heptene-1,5-diol, 2,4-dimethyl- 74231-27-9 6-Heptene-1,5-diol, 2-ethylidene-6-methyl- 91139-73-0 6-Heptene-2,4-diol, 4-(2-propenyl)- 101536-75-8 1-Octene-3,6-diol, 3-ethenyl- 65757-34-8 2,4,6-Octatriene-1,8-diol, 2,7-dimethyl- 162648-63-7 2,5-Octadiene-1,7-diol, 2,6-dimethyl- 91140-07-7 2,5-Octadiene-1,7-diol, 3,7-dimethyl- 117935-59-8 2,6-Octadiene-1,4-diol, 3,7-dimethyl-(Rosiridol) 101391-01-9 2,6-Octadiene-1,8-diol, 2-methyl- 149112-02-7 2,7-Octadiene-1,4-diol, 3,7-dimethyl- 91140-08-8 2,7-Octadiene-1,5-diol, 2,6-dimethyl- 91140-09-9 2,7-Octadiene-1,6-diol, 2,6-dimethyl-(8-Hydroxylinalool) 103619-06-3 2,7-Octadiene-1,6-diol, 2,7-dimethyl- 60250-14-8 2-Octene-1,7-diol, 2-methyl-6-methylene- 91140-16-8 3,5-Octadiene-2,7-diol, 2,7-dimethyl- 7177-18-6 3,5-Octanediol, 4-methylene- 143233-15-2 3,7-Octadiene-1,6-diol, 2,6-dimethyl- 127446-29-1 4-Octene-1,8-diol, 2-methylene- 109750-58-5 6-Octene-3,5-diol, 2-methyl- 65534-66-9 6-Octene-3,5-diol, 4-methyl- 156414-25-4 7-Octene-2,4-diol, 2-methyl-6-methylene- 72446-81-2 7-Octene-2,5-diol, 7-methyl- 152344-12-2 7-Octene-3,5-diol, 2-methyl- 98753-85-6 1-Nonene-3,5-diol 119554-56-2 1-Nonene-3,7-diol 23866-97-9 3-Nonene-2,5-diol 165746-84-9 4-Nonene-2,8-diol 154600-80-3 6,8-Nonadiene-1,5-diol 108586-03-4 7-Nonene-2,4-diol 30625-41-3 8-Nonene-2,4-diol 119785-59-0 8-Nonene-2,5-diol 132381-58-9 1,9-Decadiene-3,8-diol 103984-04-9 1,9-Decadiene-4,6-diol 138835-67-3 ; and XI. mixtures thereof. - There are no C1-2 mono-ols that provide a clear concentrated fabric softener compositions in the context of this invention. There is only one C3 mono-ol, n-propanol, that provides acceptable performance in terms of forming a clear product and either keeping it clear to a temperature of about 20° C., or allowing it to recover upon rewarming to room temperature. Of the C4 mono-ols, only 2-butanol and 2-methyl-2-propanol provide very good performance, but 2-methyl-2-propanol has a boiling point that is undesirably low. There are no C5-6 mono-ols that provide clear products except for unsaturated mono-ols as described above and hereinafter.
- It is found that some principal solvents which have two hydroxyl groups in their chemical formulas are suitable for use in the formulation of the liquid concentrated, clear fabric softener compositions of this invention. It is discovered that the suitability of each principal solvent is surprisingly very selective, dependent on the number of carbon atoms, the isomeric configuration of the molecules having the same number of carbon atoms, the degree of unsaturation, etc. Principal solvents with similar solubility characteristics to the principal solvents above and possessing at least some asymmetry will provide the same benefit. It is discovered that the suitable principal solvents have a ClogP of from about 0.15 to about 0.64, preferably from about 0.25 to about 0.62, and more preferably from about 0.40 to about 0.60.
- For example, for the 1,2-alkanediol principal solvent series having the general formula HO—CH2—CHOH—(CH2)n—H, with n being from 1 to 8, only 1,2-hexanediol (n=4), which has a ClogP value of about 0.53, which is within the effective ClogP range of from about 0.15 to about 0.64, is a good principal solvent, and is within the claim of this invention, while the others, e.g., 1,2-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,2-pentanediol, 1,2-octanediol, 1,2-decanediol, having ClogP values outside the effective 0.15-0.64 range, are not. Furthermore, of the hexanediol isomers, again, the 1,2-hexanediol is a good principal solvent, while many other isomers such as 1,3-hexanediol, 1,4-hexanediol, 1,5-hexanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2,4-hexanediol, and 2,5-hexanediol, having ClogP values outside the effective 0.15-0.64 range, are not. These are illustrated by the Examples and Comparative Examples I-A and I-B (vide infra).
- There are no C3-C5 diols that provide a clear concentrated composition in the context of this invention.
- Although there are many C6 diols that are possible isomers, only the ones listed above are suitable for making clear products and only: 1,2-butanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-; 1,2-butanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-; 2,3-pentanediol, 2-methyl-; 2,3-pentanediol, 3-methyl-; 2,3-pentanediol, 4-methyl-; 2,3-hexanediol; 3,4-hexanediol; 1,2-butanediol, 2-ethyl-; 1,2-pentanediol, 2-methyl-; 1,2-pentanediol, 3-methyl-; 1,2-pentanediol, 4-methyl-; and 1,2-hexanediol are preferred, of which the most preferred are: 1,2-butanediol, 2-ethyl-; 1,2-pentanediol, 2-methyl-; 1,2-pentanediol, 3-methyl-; 1,2-pentanediol, 4-methyl-; and 1,2-hexanediol.
- There are more possible C7 diol isomers, but only the listed ones provide clear products and the preferred ones are: 1,3-butanediol, 2-butyl-; 1,4-butanediol, 2-propyl-; 1,5-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-; 2,3-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-; 2,3-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-; 2,3-pentanediol, 4,4-dimethyl-; 3,4-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-; 1,6-hexanediol, 2-methyl-; 1,6-hexanediol, 3-methyl-; 1,3-heptanediol; 1,4-heptanediol; 1,5-heptanediol; 1,6-heptanediol; of which the most preferred are: 2,3-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-; 2,3-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-; 2,3-pentanediol, 3,4-dimethyl-; 2,3-pentanediol, 4,4-dimethyl-; and 3,4-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-.
- Similarly, there are even more C8 diol isomers, but only the listed ones provide clear products and the preferred ones are: 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1,1-dimethylpropyl)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1,2-dimethylpropyl)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1-ethylpropyl)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-ethyl-2-isopropyl-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-(1-methylpropyl)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-(2-methylpropyl)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-tertiary-butyl-2-methyl-; 1,3-butanediol, 2,2-diethyl; 1,3-butanediol, 2-(1-methylpropyl)-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-butyl-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2,3-dimethyl-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-(2-methylpropyl)-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-2-propyl-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-2-isopropyl-; 1,3-butanediol, 3-methyl-2-propyl-; 1,4-butanediol, 2,2-diethyl-; 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2,3-dimethyl-; 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-3,3-dimethyl-; 1,4-butanediol, 2-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-; 1,4-butanediol, 3-methyl-2-isopropyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 2,3,4-trimethyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 2,4,4-trimethyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 3,4,4-trimethyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2,3,3-trimethyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2,3,4-trimethyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 3,3,4-trimethyl-; 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl-; 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-; 1,5-pentanediol, 2,3,3-trimethyl-; 2,4-pentanediol, 2,3,4-trimethyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-4-methyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-2-methyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-4-methyl-; 1,5-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-3-methyl-; 2,4-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-2-methyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 2-isopropyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 2-propyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2-isopropyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2-propyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 3-isopropyl-; 2,4-pentanediol, 3-propyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 3,5-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 4,4-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 3,5-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 5,5-dimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 3,5-dimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl-; 2,6-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 2-ethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 4-ethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 2-ethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 4-ethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 2-ethyl-; 2,4-hexanediol, 3-ethyl-; 2,4-hexanediol, 4-ethyl-; 2,5-hexanediol, 3-ethyl-; 1,3-heptanediol, 2-methyl-; 1,3-heptanediol, 3-methyl-; 1,3-heptanediol, 4-methyl-; 1,3-heptanediol, 5-methyl-; 1,3-heptanediol, 6-methyl-; 1,4-heptanediol, 2-methyl-; 1,4-heptanediol, 3-methyl-; 1,4-heptanediol, 4-methyl-; 1,4-heptanediol, 5-methyl-; 1,4-heptanediol, 6-methyl-; 1,5-heptanediol, 2-methyl-; 1,5-heptanediol, 3-methyl-; 1,5-heptanediol, 4-methyl-; 1,5-heptanediol, 5-methyl-; 1,5-heptanediol, 6-methyl-; 1,6-heptanediol, 2-methyl-; 1,6-heptanediol, 3-methyl-; 1,6-heptanediol, 4-methyl-; 1,6-heptanediol, 5-methyl-; 1,6-heptanediol, 6-methyl-; 2,4-heptanediol, 2-methyl-; 2,4-heptanediol, 3-methyl-; 2,4-heptanediol, 4-methyl-; 2,4-heptanediol, 5-methyl-; 2,4-heptanediol, 6-methyl-; 2,5-heptanediol, 2-methyl-; 2,5-heptanediol, 3-methyl-; 2,5-heptanediol, 4-methyl-; 2,5-heptanediol, 5-methyl-; 2,5-heptanediol, 6-methyl-; 2,6-heptanediol, 2-methyl-; 2,6-heptanediol, 3-methyl-; 2,6-heptanediol, 4-methyl-; 3,4-heptanediol, 3-methyl-; 3,5-heptanediol, 2-methyl-; 3,5-heptanediol, 4-methyl-; 2,4-octanediol; 2,5-octanediol; 2,6-octanediol; 2,7-octanediol; 3,5-octanediol; and/or 3,6-octanediol of which the following are the most preferred: 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1,1-dimethylpropyl)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1,2-dimethylpropyl)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1-ethylpropyl)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-ethyl-2-isopropyl-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-(1-methylpropyl)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-(2-methylpropyl)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-tertiary-butyl-2-methyl-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-(1-methylpropyl)-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-(2-methylpropyl)-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-butyl-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-2-propyl-; 1,3-butanediol, 3-methyl-2-propyl-; 1,4-butanediol, 2,2-diethyl-; 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2,3-dimethyl-; 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-3,3-dimethyl-; 1,4-butanediol, 2-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-; 1,3-pentanediol, 2,3,4-trimethyl-; 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl-; 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-; 1,5-pentanediol, 2,3,3-trimethyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-4-methyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-2-methyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-4-methyl-; 1,5-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-3-methyl-; 2,4-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-2-methyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 2-isopropyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 2-propyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2-isopropyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2-propyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 3-isopropyl-; 2,4-pentanediol, 3-propyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 3,5-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 4,4-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 3,5-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 5,5-dimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 3,5-dimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl-; 2,6-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 2-ethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 4-ethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 2-ethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 4-ethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 2-ethyl-; 2,4-hexanediol, 3-ethyl-; 2,4-hexanediol, 4-ethyl-; 2,5-hexanediol, 3-ethyl-; 1,3-heptanediol, 2-methyl-; 1,3-heptanediol, 3-methyl-; 1,3-heptanediol, 4-methyl-; 1,3-heptanediol, 5-methyl-; 1,3-heptanediol, 6-methyl-; 1,4-heptanediol, 2-methyl-; 1,4-heptanediol, 3-methyl-; 1,4-heptanediol, 4-methyl-; 1,4-heptanediol, 5-methyl-; 1,4-heptanediol, 6-methyl-; 1,5-heptanediol, 2-methyl-; 1,5-heptanediol, 3-methyl-; 1,5-heptanediol, 4-methyl-; 1,5-heptanediol, 5-methyl-; 1,5-heptanediol, 6-methyl-; 1,6-heptanediol, 2-methyl-; 1,6-heptanediol, 3-methyl-; 1,6-heptanediol, 4-methyl-; 1,6-heptanediol, 5-methyl-; 1,6-heptanediol, 6-methyl-; 2,4-heptanediol, 2-methyl-; 2,4-heptanediol, 3-methyl-; 2,4-heptanediol, 4-methyl-; 2,4-heptanediol, 5-methyl-; 2,4-heptanediol, 6-methyl-; 2,5-heptanediol, 2-methyl-; 2,5-heptanediol, 3-methyl-; 2,5-heptanediol, 4-methyl-; 2,5-heptanediol, 5-methyl-; 2,5-heptanediol, 6-methyl-; 2,6-heptanediol, 2-methyl-; 2,6-heptanediol, 3-methyl-; 2,6-heptanediol, 4-methyl-; 3,4-heptanediol, 3-methyl-; 3,5-heptanediol, 2-methyl-; 3,5-heptanediol, 4-methyl-; 2,4-octanediol; 2,5-octanediol; 2,6-octanediol; 2,7-octanediol; 3,5-octanediol; and/or 3,6-octanediol.
- Preferred mixtures of eight-carbon-atom-1,3 diols can be formed by the condensation of mixtures of butyraldehyde, isobutyraldehyde and/or methyl ethyl ketone (2-butanone), so long as there are at least two of these reactants in the reaction mixture, in the presence of highly alkaline catalyst followed by conversion by hydrogenation to form a mixture of eight-carbon-1,3-diols, i.e., a mixture of 8-carbon-1,3-diols primarily consisting of: 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol; 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol; 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-hexanediol; 2-ethyl-4-methyl-1,3-pentandiol; 2-ethyl-3-methyl-1,3-pentanediol; 3,5-octanediol; 2,2-dimethyl-2,4-hexanediol; 2-methyl-3,5-heptanediol; and/or 3-methyl-3,5-heptanediol, the level of 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol being less than half of any mixture, possibly along with other minor isomers resulting from condensation on the methylene group of 2-butanone, when it is present, instead of on the methyl group.
- The formulatability, and other properties, such as odor, fluidity, melting point lowering, etc., of some C6-8 diols listed above in Tables II-IV which are not preferred, can be improved by polyalkoxylation. Also, some of the C3-5 diols which are alkoxylated are preferred. Preferred alkoxylated derivatives of the above C3-8 diols [In the following disclosure, “EO” means polyethoxylates, “En” means —(CH2CH2O)nH; Me-En means methyl-capped polyethoxylates —(CH2CH2O)nCH3; “2(Me-En)” means 2 Me-En groups needed; “PO” means polypropoxylates, —(CH(CH3)CH2O)nH ; “BO” means polybutyleneoxy groups, (CH(CH2CH3)CH2O)nH ; and “n-BO” means poly(n-butyleneoxy) groups —(CH2CH2CH2CH2O)nH.] include:
-
- 1. 1,2-propanediol (C3) 2(Me-E3-4); 1,2-propanediol (C3) PO4; 1,2-propanediol, 2-methyl-(C4) (Me-E8-10); 1,2-propanediol, 2-methyl-(C4) 2(Me-E1); 1,2-propanediol, 2-methyl-(C4) PO3; 1,3-propanediol (C3) 2(Me-E8); 1,3-propanediol (C3) PO6; 1,3-propanediol, 2,2-diethyl-(C7) E4-7; 1,3-propanediol, 2,2-diethyl-(C7) PO1; 1,3-propanediol, 2,2-diethyl-(C7) n-BO2; 1,3-propanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-(C5) 2(Me E1-2); 1,3-propanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-(C5) PO4; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1-methylpropyl)-(C7) E4-7; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1-methylpropyl)-(C7) PO1; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1-methylpropyl)-(C7) n-BO2; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2-methylpropyl)-(C7) E4-7; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2-methylpropyl)-(C7) PO1; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2-methylpropyl)-(C7) n-BO2; 1,3-propanediol, 2-ethyl-(C5) (Me E9-10); 1,3-propanediol, 2-ethyl-(C5) 2(Me E1); 1,3-propanediol, 2-ethyl-(C5) PO3; 1,3-propanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl-(C6) (Me E3-6); 1,3-propanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl-(C6) PO2; 1,3-propanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl-(C6) BO1; 1,3-propanediol, 2-isopropyl-(C6) (Me E3-6); 1,3-propanediol, 2-isopropyl-(C6) PO2; 1,3-propanediol, 2-isopropyl-(C6) BO1; 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-(C4) 2(Me E4-5); 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-(C4) PO5; 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-(C4) BO2; 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-isopropyl-(C7) E6-9; 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-isopropyl-(C7) PO1; 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-isopropyl-(C7) n-BO2-3; 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-propyl-(C7) E4-7; 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-propyl-(C7) PO1; 1,3-propanediol, 2-methyl-2-propyl-(C7) n-BO2; 1,3-propanediol, 2-propyl-(C6) (Me E1-4); 1,3-propanediol, 2-propyl-(C6) PO2;
- 2. 1,2-butanediol (C4) (Me E6-8); 1,2-butanediol (C4) PO2-3; 1,2-butanediol (C4) BO1; 1,2-butanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C6) E2-5; 1,2-butanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C6) n-BO1; 1,2-butanediol, 2-ethyl-(C6) E1-3; 1,2-butanediol, 2-ethyl-(C6) n-BO1; 1,2-butanediol, 2-methyl-(C5) (Me E1-2); 1,2-butanediol, 2-methyl-(C5) PO1; 1,2-butanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-(C6) E2-5; 1,2-butanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-(C6) n-BO1; 1,2-butanediol, 3-methyl-(C5) (Me E1-2); 1,2-butanediol, 3-methyl-(C5) PO1; 1,3-butanediol (C4) 2(Me E5-6); 1,3-butanediol (C4) BO2; 1,3-butanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl-(C7) (Me E1-3); 1,3-butanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl-(C7) PO2; 1,3-butanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-(C6) (Me E6-8); 1,3-butanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-(C6) PO3; 1,3-butanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C6) (Me E6-8); 1,3-butanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C6) PO3; 1,3-butanediol, 2-ethyl-(C6) (Me E4-6); 1,3-butanediol, 2-ethyl-(C6) PO2-3; 1,3-butanediol, 2-ethyl-(C6) BO1; 1,3-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl-(C7) (Me E1); 1,3-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl-(C7) PO1; 1,3-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl-(C7) n-BO3; 1,3-butanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl-(C7) (Me E1); 1,3-butanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl-(C7) PO1; 1,3-butanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl-(C7) n-BO3; 1,3-butanediol, 2-isopropyl-(C7) (Me E1); 1,3-butanediol, 2-isopropyl-(C7) PO1; 1,3-butanediol, 2-isopropyl-(C7) n-BO3; 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-(C5) 2(Me E2-3); 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-(C5) PO4; 1,3-butanediol, 2-propyl-(C7) E6-8; 1,3-butanediol, 2-propyl-(C7) PO1; 1,3-butanediol, 2-propyl-(C7) n-BO2-3; 1,3-butanediol, 3-methyl-(C5) 2(Me E2-3); 1,3-butanediol, 3-methyl-(C5) PO4; 1,4-butanediol (C4) 2(Me E3-4); 1,4-butanediol (C4) PO4-5; 1,4-butanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl-(C7) E6-9; 1,4-butanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl-(C7) PO1; 1,4-butanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl-(C7) n-BO2-3; 1,4-butanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-(C6) (Me E3-6); 1,4-butanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-(C6) PO2; 1,4-butanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-(C6) BO1; 1,4-butanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C6) (Me E3-6); 1,4-butanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C6) PO2; 1,4-butanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C6) BO1; 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-(C6) (Me E1-4); 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-(C6) PO2; 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl-(C7) E4-7; 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl-(C7) PO1; 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl-(C7) n-BO2; 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl-(C7) E4-7; 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl-(C7) PO1; 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl-(C7) n-BO2; 1,4-butanediol, 2-isopropyl-(C7) E4-7; 1,4-butanediol, 2-isopropyl-(C7) PO1; 1,4-butanediol, 2-isopropyl-(C7) n-BO2; 1,4-butanediol, 2-methyl-(C5) (Me E9-10); 1,4-butanediol, 2-methyl-(C5) 2(Me E1); 1,4-butanediol, 2-methyl-(C5) PO3; 1,4-butanediol, 2-propyl-(C7) E2-5; 1,4-butanediol, 2-propyl-(C7) n-BO1; 1,4-butanediol, 3-ethyl-1-methyl-(C7) E6-8; 1,4-butanediol, 3-ethyl-1-methyl-(C7) PO1; 1,4-butanediol, 3-ethyl-1-methyl-(C7) n-BO2-3; 2,3-butanediol (C4) (Me E9-10); 2,3-butanediol (C4) 2(Me E1); 2,3-butanediol (C4) PO3-4; 2,3-butanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C6) E7-9; 2,3-butanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C6) PO1; 2,3-butanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C6) BO2-3; 2,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-(C5) (Me E2-5); 2,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-(C5) PO2; 2,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-(C5) BO1;
- 3. 1,2-pentanediol (C5) E7-10; 1,2-pentanediol, (C5) PO1; 1,2-pentanediol, (C5) n-BO3; 1,2-pentanediol, 2-methyl (C6) E1-3; 1,2-pentanediol, 2-methyl (C6) n-BO1; 1,2-pentanediol, 3-methyl (C6) E1-3; 1,2-pentanediol, 3-methyl (C6) n-BO1; 1,2-pentanediol, 4-methyl (C6) E1-3; 1,2-pentanediol, 4-methyl (C6) n-BO1; 1,3-pentanediol (C5) 2(Me-E1-2); 1,3-pentanediol (C5) PO3-4; 1,3-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-(C7) (Me-E1); 1,3-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-(C7) PO1; 1,3-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-(C7) n-BO3; 1,3-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C7) (Me-E1); 1,3-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C7) PO1; 1,3-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C7) n-BO3; 1,3-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-(C7) (Me-E1); 1,3-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-(C7) PO1; 1,3-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-(C7) n-BO3; 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-(C7) E6-8; 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-(C7) PO1; 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-(C7) n-BO2-3; 1,3-pentanediol, 2-methyl-(C6) 2(Me-E4-6); 1,3-pentanediol, 2-methyl-(C6) PO2-3; 1,3-pentanediol, 3,4-dimethyl-(C7) (Me-E1); 1,3-pentanediol, 3,4-dimethyl-(C7) PO1; 1,3-pentanediol, 3,4-dimethyl-(C7) n-BO3; 1,3-pentanediol, 3-methyl-(C6) 2(Me-E4-6); 1,3-pentanediol, 3-methyl-(C6) PO2-3; 1,3-pentanediol, 4,4-dimethyl-(C7) (Me-E1); 1,3-pentanediol, 4,4-dimethyl-(C7) PO1; 1,3-pentanediol, 4,4-dimethyl-(C7) n-BO3; 1,3-pentanediol, 4-methyl-(C6) 2(Me-E4-6); 1,3-pentanediol, 4-methyl-(C6) PO2-3; 1,4-pentanediol, (C5) 2(Me-E1-2); 1,4-pentanediol (C5) PO3-4; 1,4-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-(C7) (Me-E1); 1,4-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-(C7) PO1; 1,4-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-(C7) n-BO3; 1,4-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C7) (Me-E1); 1,4-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C7) PO1; 1,4-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C7) n-BO3; 1,4-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-(C7) (Me-E1); 1,4-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-(C7) PO1; 1,4-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-(C7) n-BO3; 1,4-pentanediol, 2-methyl-(C6) (Me-E4-6); 1,4-pentanediol, 2-methyl-(C6) PO2-3; 1,4-pentanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-(C7) (Me-E1); 1,4-pentanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-(C7) PO1; 1,4-pentanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-(C7) n-BO3; 1,4-pentanediol, 3,4-dimethyl-(C7) (Me-E1); 1,4-pentanediol, 3,4-dimethyl-(C7) PO1; 1,4-pentanediol, 3,4-dimethyl-(C7) n-BO3; 1,4-pentanediol, 3-methyl-(C6) 2(Me-E4-6); 1,4-pentanediol, 3-methyl-(C6) PO2-3; 1,4-pentanediol, 4-methyl-(C6) 2(Me-E4-6); 1,4-pentanediol, 4-methyl-(C6) PO2-3; 1,5-pentanediol, (C5) (Me-E8-10); 1,5-pentanediol (C5) 2(Me-E1); 1,5-pentanediol (C5) PO3; 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-(C7) E4-7; 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-(C7) PO1; 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-(C7) n-BO2; 1,5-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C7) E4-7; 1,5-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C7) PO1; 1,5-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C7) n-BO2; 1,5-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-(C7) E4-7; 1,5-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-(C7) PO1; 1,5-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-(C7) n-BO2; 1,5-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-(C7) E2-5; 1,5-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-(C7) n-BO1; 1,5-pentanediol, 2-methyl-(C6) (Me-E1-4); 1,5-pentanediol, 2-methyl-(C6) PO2; 1,5-pentanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-(C7) E4-7; 1,5-pentanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-(C7) PO1; 1,5-pentanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-(C7) n-BO2; 1,5-pentanediol, 3-methyl-(C6) (Me-E1-4); 1,5-pentanediol, 3-methyl-(C6) PO2; 2,3-pentanediol, (C5) (Me-E1-3); 2,3-pentanediol, (C5) PO2; 2,3-pentanediol, 2-methyl-(C6) E4-7; 2,3-pentanediol, 2-methyl-(C6) PO1; 2,3-pentanediol, 2-methyl-(C6) n-BO2; 2,3-pentanediol, 3-methyl-(C6) E4-7; 2,3-pentanediol, 3-methyl-(C6) PO1; 2,3-pentanediol, 3-methyl-(C6) n-BO2; 2,3-pentanediol, 4-methyl-(C6) E4-7; 2,3-pentanediol, 4-methyl-(C6) PO1; 2,3-pentanediol, 4-methyl-(C6) n-BO2; 2,4-pentanediol, (C5) 2(Me-E2-4); 2,4-pentanediol (C5) PO4; 2,4-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C7) (Me-E2-4); 2,4-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C7) PO2; 2,4-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-(C7) (Me-E2-4); 2,4-pentanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-(C7) PO2; 2,4-pentanediol, 2-methyl-(C7) (Me-E8-10); 2,4-pentanediol, 2-methyl-(C7) PO3; 2,4-pentanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-(C7) (Me-E2-4); 2,4-pentanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-(C7) PO2; 2,4-pentanediol, 3-methyl-(C6) (Me-E8-10); 2,4-pentanediol, 3-methyl-(C6) PO3;
- 4. 1,3-hexanediol (C6) (Me-E2-5); 1,3-hexanediol (C6) PO2; 1,3-hexanediol (C6) BO1; 1,3-hexanediol, 2-methyl-(C7) E6-8; 1,3-hexanediol, 2-methyl-(C7) PO1; 1,3-hexanediol, 2-methyl-(C7) n-BO2-3; 1,3-hexanediol, 3-methyl-(C7) E6-8; 1,3-hexanediol, 3-methyl-(C7) PO1; 1,3-hexanediol, 3-methyl-(C7) n-BO2-3; 1,3-hexanediol, 4-methyl-(C7) E6-8; 1,3-hexanediol, 4-methyl-(C7) PO1; 1,3-hexanediol, 4-methyl-(C7) n-BO2-3; 1,3-hexanediol, 5-methyl-(C7) E6-8; 1,3-hexanediol, 5-methyl-(C7) PO1; 1,3-hexanediol, 5-methyl-(C7) n-BO2-3; 1,4-hexanediol (C6) (Me-E2-5); 1,4-hexanediol (C6) PO2; 1,4-hexanediol (C6) BO1; 1,4-hexanediol, 2-methyl-(C7) E6-8; 1,4-hexanediol, 2-methyl-(C7) PO1; 1,4-hexanediol, 2-methyl-(C7) n-BO2-3; 1,4-hexanediol, 3-methyl-(C7) E6-8; 1,4-hexanediol, 3-methyl-(C7) PO1; 1,4-hexanediol, 3-methyl-(C7) n-BO2-3; 1,4-hexanediol, 4-methyl-(C7) E6-8; 1,4-hexanediol, 4-methyl-(C7) PO1; 1,4-hexanediol, 4-methyl-(C7) n-BO2-3; 1,4-hexanediol, 5-methyl-(C7) E6-8; 1,4-hexanediol, 5-methyl-(C7) PO1; 1,4-hexanediol, 5-methyl-(C7) n-BO2-3; 1,5-hexanediol (C6) (Me-E2-5); 1,5-hexanediol (C6) PO2; 1,5-hexanediol (C6) BO1; 1,5-hexanediol, 2-methyl-(C7) E6-8; 1,5-hexanediol, 2-methyl-(C7) PO1; 1,5-hexanediol, 2-methyl-(C7) n-BO2-3; 1,5-hexanediol, 3-methyl-(C7) E6-8; 1,5-hexanediol, 3-methyl-(C7) PO1; 1,5-hexanediol, 3-methyl-(C7) n-BO2-3; 1,5-hexanediol, 4-methyl-(C7) E6-8; 1,5-hexanediol, 4-methyl-(C7) PO1; 1,5-hexanediol, 4-methyl-(C7) n-BO2-3; 1,5-hexanediol, 5-methyl-(C7) E6-8; 1,5-hexanediol, 5-methyl-(C7) PO1; 1,5-hexanediol, 5-methyl-(C7) n-BO2-3; 1,6-hexanediol (C6) (Me-E1-2); 1,6- hexanediol (C6) PO1-2; 1,6-hexanediol (C6) n-BO4; 1,6-hexanediol, 2-methyl-(C7) E2-5; 1,6-hexanediol, 2-methyl-(C7) n-BO1; 1,6-hexanediol, 3-methyl-(C7) E2-5; 1,6-hexanediol, 3-methyl-(C7) n-BO1; 2,3-hexanediol (C6) E2-5; 2,3-hexanediol (C6) n-BO1; 2,4-hexanediol (C6) (Me-E5-8); 2,4-hexanediol (C6) PO3; 2,4-hexanediol, 2-methyl-(C7) (Me-E1-2); 2,4-hexanediol 2-methyl-(C7) PO1-2; 2,4-hexanediol, 3-methyl-(C7) (Me-E1-2); 2,4-hexanediol 3-methyl-(C7) PO1-2; 2,4-hexanediol, 4-methyl-(C7) (Me-E1-2); 2,4-hexanediol 4-methyl-(C7) PO1-2; 2,4-hexanediol, 5-methyl-(C7) (Me-E1-2); 2,4-hexanediol 5-methyl-(C7) PO1-2; 2,5-hexanediol (C6) (Me-E5-8); 2,5-hexanediol (C6) PO3; 2,5-hexanediol, 2-methyl-(C7) (Me-E1-2); 2,5-hexanediol 2-methyl-(C7) PO1-2; 2,5-hexanediol, 3-methyl-(C7) (Me-E1-2); 2,5-hexanediol 3-methyl-(C7) PO1-2; 3,4-hexanediol (C6) EO2-5; 3,4-hexanediol (C6) n-BO1;
- 5. 1,3-heptanediol (C7) E3-6; 1,3-heptanediol (C7) PO1; 1,3-heptanediol (C7) n-BO2; 1,4-heptanediol (C7) E3-6; 1,4-heptanediol (C7) PO1; 1,4-heptanediol (C7) n-BO2; 1,5-heptanediol (C7) E3-6; 1,5-heptanediol (C7) PO1; 1,5-heptanediol (C7) n-BO2; 1,6-heptanediol (C7) E3-6; 1,6-heptanediol (C7) PO1; 1,6-heptanediol (C7) n-BO2; 1,7-heptanediol (C7) E1-2; 1,7-heptanediol (C7) n-BO1; 2,4-heptanediol (C7) E7-10; 2,4-heptanediol (C7) (Me-E1); 2,4-heptanediol (C7) PO1; 2,4-heptanediol (C7) n-BO3; 2,5-heptanediol (C7) E7-10; 2,5-heptanediol (C7) (Me-E1); 2,5-heptanediol (C7) PO1; 2,5-heptanediol (C7) n-BO3; 2,6-heptanediol (C7) E7-10; 2,6-heptanediol (C7) (Me-E1); 2,6-heptanediol (C7) PO1; 2,6-heptanediol (C7) n-BO3; 3,5-heptanediol (C7) E7-10; 3,5-heptanediol (C7) (Me-E1); 3,5-heptanediol (C7) PO1; 3,5-heptanediol (C7) n-BO3;
- 6. 1,3-butanediol, 3-methyl-2-isopropyl-(C8) PO1; 2,4-pentanediol, 2,3,3-trimethyl-(C8) PO1; 1,3-butanediol, 2,2-diethyl-(C8) E2-5; 2,4-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C8) E2-5; 2,4-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-(C8) E2-5; 2,4-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-(C8) E2-5; 2,4-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-(C8) E2-5; 2,4-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl-(C8) E2-5; 2,4-hexanediol, 3,5-dimethyl-(C8) E2-5; 2,4-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl-(C8) E2-5; 2,4-hexanediol, 5,5-dimethyl-(C8) E2-5; 2,5-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C8) E2-5; 2,5-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-(C8) E2-5; 2,5-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-(C8) E2-5; 2,5-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-(C8) E2-5; 2,5-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl-(C8) E2-5; 3,5-heptanediol, 3-methyl-(C8) E2-5; 1,3-butanediol, 2,2-diethyl-(C8) n-BO1-2; 2,4-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C8) n-BO1-2; 2,4-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-(C8) n-BO1-2; 2,4-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-(C8) n-BO1-2; 2,4-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-(C8) n-BO1-2; 2,4-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl-(C8) n-BO1-2; 2,4-hexanediol, 3,5-dimethyl-(C8) n-BO1-2; 2,4-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl-(C8) n-BO1-2; 2,4-hexanediol, 5,5-dimethyl-, n-BO1-2; 2,5-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-(C8) n-BO1-2; 2,5-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-(C8) n-BO1-2; 2,5-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-(C8) n-BO1-2; 2,5-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-(C8) n-BO1-2; 2,5-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl-(C8) n-BO1-2; 3,5-heptanediol, 3-methyl-(C8) n-BO1-2; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1,2-dimethylpropyl)-(C8) n-BO1; 1,3-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2,3-dimethyl-(C8) n-BO1; 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-2-isopropyl-(C8) n-BO1; 1,4-butanediol, 3-methyl-2-isopropyl-(C8) n-BO1; 1,3-pentanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl-(C8) n-BO1; 1,3-pentanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-(C8) n-BO1; 1,3-pentanediol, 2,4,4-trimethyl-(C8) n-BO1; 1,3-pentanediol, 3,4,4-trimethyl-(C8) n-BO1; 1,4-pentanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl-(C8) n-BO1; 1,4-pentanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-(C8) n-BO1; 1,4-pentanediol, 2,3,3-trimethyl-(C8) n-BO1; 1,4-pentanediol, 2,3,4-trimethyl-(C8) n-BO1; 1,4-pentanediol, 3,3,4-trimethyl-(C8) n-BO1; 2,4-pentanediol, 2,3,4-trimethyl-(C8) n-BO1; 2,4-hexanediol, 4-ethyl-(C8) n-BO1; 2,4-heptanediol, 2-methyl-(C8) n-BO1; 2,4-heptanediol, 3-methyl-(C8) n-BO1; 2,4-heptanediol, 4-methyl-(C8) n-BO1; 2,4-heptanediol, 5-methyl-(C8) n-BO1; 2,4-heptanediol, 6-methyl-(C8) n-BO1; 2,5-heptanediol, 2-methyl-(C8) n-BO1; 2,5-heptanediol, 3-methyl-(C8) n-BO1; 2,5-heptanediol, 4-methyl-(C8) n-BO1; 2,5-heptanediol, 5-methyl-(C8) n-BO1; 2,5-heptanediol, 6-methyl-(C8) n-BO1; 2,6-heptanediol, 2-methyl-(C8) n-BO1; 2,6-heptanediol, 3-methyl-(C8) n-BO1; 2,6-heptanediol, 4-methyl-(C8) n-BO1; 3,5-heptanediol, 2-methyl-(C8) n-BO1; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1,2-dimethylpropyl)-(C8) E1-3; 1,3-butanediol, 2ethyl-2,3-dimethyl-(C8) E1-3; 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-2-isopropyl-(C8) E1-3; 1,4-butanediol, 3-methyl-2-isopropyl-(C8) E1-3; 1,3-pentanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl-(C8) E1-3; 1,3-pentanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-(C8) E1-3; 1,3-pentanediol, 2,4,4-trimethyl-(C8) E1-3; 1,3-pentanediol, 3,4,4-trimethyl-(C8) E1-3; 1,4-pentanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl-(C8) E1-3; 1,4-pentanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-(C8) E1-3; 1,4-pentanediol, 2,3,3-trimethyl-(C8) E1-3; 1,4-pentanediol, 2,3,4-trimethyl-(C8) E1-3; 1,4-pentanediol, 3,3,4-trimethyl-(C8) E1-3; 2,4-pentanediol, 2,3,4-trimethyl-(C8) E1-3; 2,4-hexanediol, 4-ethyl-(C8) E1-3; 2,4-heptanediol, 2-methyl-(C8) E1-3; 2,4-heptanediol, 3-methyl-(C8) E1-3; 2,4-heptanediol, 4-methyl-(C8) E1-3; 2,4-heptanediol, 5-methyl-(C8) E1-3; 2,4-heptanediol, 6-methyl-(C8) E1-3; 2,5-heptanediol, 2-methyl-(C8) E1-3; 2,5-heptanediol, 3-methyl-(C8) E1-3; 2,5-heptanediol, 4-methyl-(C8) E1-3; 2,5-heptanediol, 5-methyl-(C8) E1-3; 2,5-heptanediol, 6-methyl-(C8) E1-3; 2,6-heptanediol, 2-methyl-(C8) E1-3; 2,6-heptanediol, 3-methyl-(C8) E1-3; 2,6-heptanediol, 4-methyl-(C8) E1-3; and/or 3,5-heptanediol, 2-methyl-(C8) E1-3; and
- 7. mixtures thereof.
- Of the nonane isomers, only 2,4-pentadiol, 2,3,3,4-tetramethyl- is highly preferred.
- In addition to the aliphatic diol principal solvents, and some of their alkoxylated derivatives, discussed hereinbefore and hereinafter, some specific diol ethers are also found to be suitable principal solvents for the formulation of liquid concentrated, clear fabric softener compositions of the present invention. Similar to the aliphatic diol principal solvents, it is discovered that the suitability of each principal solvent is very selective, depending, e.g., on the number of carbon atoms in the specific diol ether molecules. For example, as given in Table VI, for the glyceryl ether series having the formula HOCH2—CHOH—CH2—O—R, wherein R is from C2 to C8 alkyl, only monopentyl ethers with the formula HOCH2—CHOH—CH2—O—C5H11 (3-pentyloxy-1,2-propanediol), wherein the C5H11 group comprises different pentyl isomers, have ClogP values within the preferred ClogP values of from about 0.25 to about 0.62 and are suitable for the formulation of liquid concentrated, clear fabric softeners of the present invention. These are illustrated by the Examples and Comparative Examples XXXIIA-7 to XXXIIA-7F. It is also found that the cyclohexyl derivative, but not the cyclopentyl derivative, is suitable. Similarly, selectivity is exhibited in the selection of aryl glyceryl ethers. Of the many possible aromatic groups, only a few phenol derivatives are suitable.
- The same narrow selectivity is also found for the di(hydroxyalkyl) ethers. It is discovered that bis(2-hydroxybutyl) ether, but not bis(2-hydroxypentyl) ether, is suitable. For the di(cyclic hydroxyalkyl) analogs, the bis(2-hydroxycyclopentyl) ether is suitable, but not the bis(2-hydroxycyclohexyl) ether. Non-limiting examples of synthesis methods for the preparation of some preferred di(hydroxyalkyl) ethers are given hereinafter.
- The butyl monoglycerol ether (also named 3-butyloxy-1,2-propanediol) is not well suited to form liquid concentrated, clear fabric softeners of the present invention. However, its polyethoxylated derivatives, preferably from about triethoxylated to about nonaethoxylated, more preferably from pentaethoxylated to octaethoxylated, are suitable principal solvents, as given in Table VI.
- All of the preferred alkyl glyceryl ethers and/or di(hydroxyalkyl)ethers that have been identified are given in Table VI and the most preferred are: 1,2-propanediol, 3-(n-pentyloxy)-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(2-pentyloxy)-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(3-pentyloxy)-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(2-methyl-1-butyloxy)-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(iso-amyloxy)-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(3-methyl-2-butyloxy)-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(cyclohexyloxy)-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(1-cyclohex-1-enyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(pentyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2-pentyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(3-pentyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2-methyl-1-butyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(iso-amyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(3-methyl-2-butyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(cyclohexyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1-cyclohex-1-enyloxy)-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, pentaethoxylated; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, hexaethoxylated; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, heptaethoxylated; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, octaethoxylated; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, nonaethoxylated; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, monopropoxylated; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, dibutyleneoxylated; and/or 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, tributyleneoxylated. Preferred aromatic glyceryl ethers include: 1,2-propanediol, 3-phenyloxy-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-benzyloxy-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(2-phenylethyloxy)-; 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2-(m-cresyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(p-cresyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-benzyloxy-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2-phenylethyloxy)-; and mixtures thereof. The more preferred aromatic glyceryl ethers include: 1,2-propanediol, 3-phenyloxy-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-benzyloxy-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(2-phenylethyloxy)-; 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 2-(m-cresyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(p-cresyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2-phenylethyloxy)-; and mixtures thereof. The most preferred di(hydroxyalkyl)ethers include: bis(2-hydroxybutyl)ether; and bis(2-hydroxycyclopentyl)ether;
- An illustrative and non-limiting example of synthesis methods to prepare the preferred alkyl and aryl monoglyceryl ethers is given hereinafter.
- The alicyclic diols and their derivatives that are preferred include: (1) the saturated diols and their derivatives including: 1-isopropyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol; 3-ethyl4-methyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol; 3-propyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol; 3-isopropyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol; 1-ethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 1,2-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 1,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 2,4,5-trimethyl-1,3-cyclopentanediol; 3,3-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 3,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 3,5-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 3-ethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 4,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 4-ethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 1,1-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexane; 1,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexane; 1,2-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol; 1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexane; 1,3-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol; 1,6-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol; 1-hydroxy-cyclohexaneethanol; 1-hydroxy-cyclohexanemethanol; 1-ethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol; 1-methyl-1,2-cyclohexanediol; 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol; 2,3-dimethyl-1,4-cyclohexanediol; 2,4-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol; 2,5-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol; 2,6-dimethyl-1,4-cyclohexanediol; 2-ethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol; 2-hydroxycyclohexaneethanol; 2-hydroxyethyl-1-cyclohexanol; 2-hydroxymethylcyclohexanol; 3-hydroxyethyl-1-cyclohexanol; 3-hydroxycyclohexaneethanol; 3-hydroxymethylcyclohexanol; 3-methyl-1,2-cyclohexanediol; 4,4-dimethyl-1,3-Cyclohexanediol; 4,5-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol; 4,6-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol; 4-ethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol; 4-hydroxyethyl-1-cyclohexanol; 4-hydroxymethylcyclohexanol; 4-methyl-1,2-cyclohexanediol; 5,5-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol; 5-ethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol; 1,2-cycloheptanediol; 2-methyl-1,3-cycloheptanediol; 2-methyl-1,4-cycloheptanediol; 4-methyl-1,3-cycloheptanediol; 5-methyl-1,3-cycloheptanediol; 5-methyl-1,4-cycloheptanediol; 6-methyl-1,4-cycloheptanediol; 1,3-cyclooctanediol; 1,4-cyclooctanediol; 1,5-cyclooctanediol; 1,2-cyclohexanediol, diethoxylate; 1,2-cyclohexanediol, triethoxylate; 1,2-cyclohexanediol, tetraethoxylate; 1,2-cyclohexanediol, pentaethoxylate; 1,2-cyclohexanediol, hexaethoxylate; 1,2-cyclohexanediol, heptaethoxylate; 1,2-cyclohexanediol, octaethoxylate; 1,2-cyclohexanediol, nonaethoxylate; 1,2-cyclohexanediol, monopropoxylate; 1,2-cyclohexanediol, monobutylenoxylate; 1,2-cyclohexanediol, dibutylenoxylate; and/or 1,2-cyclohexanediol, tributylenoxylate. The most preferred saturated alicyclic diols and their derivatives are: 1-isopropyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol; 3-ethyl-4-methyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol; 3-propyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol; 3-isopropyl-1,2-cyclobutanediol; 1-ethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 1,2-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 1,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 3,3-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 3,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 3,5-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 3-ethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 4,4-dimethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 4-ethyl-1,2-cyclopentanediol; 1,1-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexane; 1,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexane; 1,2-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol; 1,3-bis(hydroxymethyl)cyclohexane; 1-hydroxy-cyclohexanemethanol; 1-methyl-1,2-cyclohexanediol; 3-hydroxymethylcyclohexanol; 3-methyl-1,2-cyclohexanediol; 4,4-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol; 4,5-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol; 4,6-dimethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol; 4-ethyl-1,3-cyclohexanediol; 4-hydroxyethyl-1-cyclohexanol; 4-hydroxymethylcyclohexanol; 4-methyl-1,2-cyclohexanediol; 1,2-cycloheptanediol; 1,2-cyclohexanediol, pentaethoxylate; 1,2-cyclohexanediol, hexaethoxylate; 1,2-cyclohexanediol, heptaethoxylate; 1,2-cyclohexanediol, octaethoxylate; 1,2-cyclohexanediol, nonaethoxylate; 1,2-cyclohexanediol, monopropoxylate; and/or 1,2-cyclohexanediol, dibutylenoxylate.
- Preferred aromatic diols include: 1-phenyl-1,2-ethanediol; 1-phenyl-1,2-propanediol; 2-phenyl-1,2-propanediol; 3-phenyl-1,2-propanediol; 1-(3-methylphenyl)-1,3-propanediol; 1-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3-propanediol; 2-methyl-1-phenyl-1,3-propanediol; 1-phenyl-1,3-butanediol; 3-phenyl-1,3-butanediol; and/or 1-phenyl-1,4-butanediol, of which, 1-phenyl-1,2-propanediol; 2-phenyl-1,2-propanediol; 3-phenyl-1,2-propanediol; 1-(3-methylphenyl)-1,3-propanediol; 1-(4-methylphenyl)-1,3-propanediol; 2-methyl-1-phenyl-1,3-propanediol; and/or 1-phenyl-1,4-butanediol are the most preferred.
- As discussed hereinbefore, all of the unsaturated materials that are related to the other preferred principal solvents herein by the same relationship, i.e., having one more CH2 group than the corresponding saturated principal solvent will also be preferred. However, the specific preferred unsaturated diol principal solvents are: 1,3-butanediol, 2,2-diallyl-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-(1-ethyl-1-propenyl)-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-(2-butenyl)-2-methyl-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-(3-methyl-2-butenyl)-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2-(2-propenyl)-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-2-(1-methyl-2-propenyl)-; 1,4-butanediol, 2,3-bis(1-methylethylidene)-; 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethenyl-3-ethyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethenyl-4,4-dimethyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 3-methyl-2-(2-propenyl)-; 4-pentene-1,3-diol, 2-(1,1-dimethylethyl)-; 4-pentene-1,3-diol, 2-ethyl-2,3-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 4-ethyl-2-methylene-; 1,5-hexadiene-3,4-diol, 2,3,5-trimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 2-(1-methylethenyl)-; 2-hexene-1,5-diol, 4-ethenyl-2,5-dimethyl-; 1,4-heptanediol, 6-methyl-5-methylene-; 2,4-heptadiene-2,6-diol, 4,6-dimethyl-; 2,6-heptadiene-1,4-diol, 2,5,5-trimethyl-; 2-heptene-1,4-diol, 5,6-dimethyl-; 3-heptene-1,5-diol, 4,6-dimethyl-; 5-heptene-1,3-diol, 2,4-dimethyl-; 5-heptene-1,3-diol, 3,6-dimethyl-; 5-heptene-1,4-diol, 2,6-dimethyl-; 5-heptene-1,4-diol, 3,6-dimethyl-; 6-heptene-1,3-diol, 2,2-dimethyl-; 6-heptene-1,4-diol, 5,6-dimethyl-; 6-heptene-1,5-diol, 2,4-dimethyl-; 6-heptene-1,5-diol, 2-ethylidene-6-methyl-; 6-heptene-2,4-diol, 4-(2-propenyl)-; 1-octene-3,6-diol, 3-ethenyl-; 2,4,6-octatriene-1,8-diol, 2,7-dimethyl-; 2,5-octadiene-1,7-diol, 2,6-dimethyl-; 2,5-octadiene-1,7-diol, 3,7-dimethyl-; 2,6-octadiene-1,4-diol, 3,7-dimethyl-(Rosiridol); 2,6-octadiene-1,8-diol, 2-methyl-; 2,7-octadiene-1,4-diol, 3,7-dimethyl-; 2,7-octadiene-1,5-diol, 2,6-dimethyl-; 2,7-octadiene-1,6-diol, 2,6-dimethyl-(8-hydroxylinalool); 2,7-octadiene-1,6-diol, 2,7-dimethyl-; 2-octene-1,7-diol, 2-methyl-6-methylene-; 3,5-octadiene-2,7-diol, 2,7-dimethyl-; 3,5-octanediol, 4-methylene-; 3,7-octadiene-1,6-diol, 2,6-dimethyl-; 4-octene-1,8-diol, 2-methylene-; 6-octene-3,5-diol, 2-methyl-; 6-octene-3,5-diol, 4-methyl-; 7-octene-2,4-diol, 2-methyl-6-methylene-; 7-octene-2,5-diol, 7-methyl-; 7-octene-3,5-diol, 2-methyl-; 1-nonene-3,5-diol; 1-nonene-3,7-diol; nonene-2,5-diol; 4-nonene-2,8-diol; 6,8-nonadiene-1,5-diol; 7-nonene-2,4-diol; 8-nonene-2,4-diol; 8-nonene-2,5-diol; 1,9-decadiene-3,8-diol; and/or 1,9-decadiene4,6-diol.
- Said principal alcohol solvent can also preferably be selected from the group consisting of: 2,5-dimethyl-2,5-hexanediol; 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol; 2-methyl-2-propyl-1,3-propanediol; 1,2-hexanediol; and mixtures thereof. More preferably said principal alcohol solvent is selected from the group consisting of 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol; 2-methyl-2-propyl-1,3-propanediol; 1,2-hexanediol; and mixtures thereof. Even more preferably, said principal alcohol solvent is selected from the groups consisting of 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol; 1,2-hexanediol; and mixtures thereof.
- When several derivatives of the same diol with different alkyleneoxy groups can be used, e.g., 2-methyl-2,3-butanediol having 3 to 5 ethyleneoxy groups, or 2 propyleneoxy groups, or 1 butyleneoxy group, it is preferred to use the derivative with the lowest number of groups, i.e., in this case, the derivative with one butyleneoxy group. However, when only about one to about four ethyleneoxy groups are needed to provide good formulatability, such derivatives are also preferred.
- It is found surprisingly that there is a clear similarity between the acceptability (formulatability) of a saturated diol and its unsaturated homologs, or analogs, having higher molecular weights. The unsaturated homologs/analogs have the same formulatability as the parent saturated principal solvent with the condition that the unsaturated principal solvents have one additional methylene (viz., CH2) group for each double bond in the chemical formula. In other words, there is an apparent “addition rule” in that for each good saturated principal solvent of this invention, which is suitable for the formulation of clear, concentrated fabric softener compositions, there are suitable unsaturated principal solvents where one, or more, CH2 groups are added while, for each CH2 group added, two hydrogen atoms are removed from adjacent carbon atoms in the molecule to form one carbon-carbon double bond, thus holding the number of hydrogen atoms in the molecule constant with respect to the chemical formula of the “parent” saturated principal solvent. This is due to a surprising fact that adding a —CH2— group to a solvent chemical formula has an effect of increasing its ClogP value by about 0.53, while removing two adjacent hydrogen atoms to form a double bond has an effect of decreasing its ClogP value by about a similar amount, viz., about 0.48, thus about compensating for the —CH2— addition. Therefore one goes from a preferred saturated principal solvent to the preferred higher molecular weight unsaturated analogs/homologs containing at least one more carbon atom by inserting one double bond for each additional CH2 group, and thus the total number of hydrogen atoms is kept the same as in the parent saturated principal solvent, as long as the ClogP value of the new solvent remains within the effective 0.15-0.64, preferably from about 0.25 to about 0.62, and more preferably from about 0.40 to about 0.60, range. The following are some illustrative examples:
- 2,2-Dimethyl-6-heptene-1,3-diol (CAS No. 140192-39-8) is a preferred C9-diol principal solvent and can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding a CH2 group and a double bond to either of the following preferred C8-diol principal solvents: 2-methyl-1,3-heptanediol or 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-hexanediol.
- 2,4-Dimethyl-5-heptene-1,3-diol (CAS No. 123363-69-9) is a preferred C9-diol principal solvent and can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding a CH2 group and a double bond to either of the following preferred C8-diol principal solvents: 2-methyl-1,3-heptanediol or 2,4-dimethyl-1,3-hexanediol.
- 2-(1-Ethyl-1-propenyl)-1,3-butanediol (CAS No. 116103-35-6) is a preferred C9-diol principal solvent and can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding a CH2 group and a double bond to either of the following preferred C8-diol principal solvents: 2-(1-ethylpropyl)-1,3-propanediol or 2-(1-methylpropyl)-1,3-butanediol.
- 2-Ethenyl-3-ethyl-1,3-pentanediol (CAS No. 104683-37-6) is a preferred C9-diol principal solvent and can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding a CH2 group and a double bond to either of the following preferred C8-diol principal solvents: 3-ethyl-2-methyl-1,3-pentanediol or 2-ethyl-3-methyl-1,3-pentanediol.
- 3,6-Dimethyl-5-heptene-1,4-diol (e.g., CAS No. 106777-99-5) is a preferred C9-diol principal solvent and can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding a CH2 group and a double bond to any of the following preferred C8-diol principal solvents: 3-methyl-1,4-heptanediol; 6-methyl-1,4-heptanediol; or 3,5-dimethyl-1,4-hexanediol.
- 5,6-Dimethyl-6-heptene-1,4-diol (e.g., CAS No. 152344-16-6) is a preferred C9-diol principal solvent and can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding a CH2 group and a double bond to any of the following preferred C8-diol principal solvents: 5-methyl-1,4-heptanediol; 6-methyl-1,4-heptanediol; or 4,5-dimethyl-1,3-hexanediol.
- 4-Methyl-6-octene-3,5-diol (CAS No. 156414-254) is a preferred C9-diol principal solvent and can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding a CH2 group and a double bond to any of the following preferred C8-diol principal solvents: 3,5-octanediol, 3-methyl-2,4-heptanediol or 4-methyl-3,5-heptanediol.
- Rosiridol (CAS No. 101391-01-9) and isorosiridol (CAS No. 149252-15-3) are two isomers of 3,7-dimethyl-2,6-octadiene-1,4-diol, and are preferred C10-diol principal solvents. They can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding two CH2 groups and two double bonds to any of the following preferred C8-diol principal solvents: 2-methyl-1,3-heptanediol; 6-methyl-1,3-heptanediol; 3-methyl-1,4-heptanediol; 6-methyl-1,4-heptanediol; 2,5-dimethyl-1,3-hexanediol; or 3,5-dimethyl-1,4-hexanediol.
- 8-Hydroxylinalool (CAS No. 103619-06-3, 2,6-dimethyl-2,7-octadiene-1,6-diol) is a preferred C10-diol principal solvent and can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding two CH2 groups and two double bonds to any of the following preferred C8-diol principal solvents: 2-methyl-1,5-heptanediol; 5-methyl-1,5-heptanediol; 2-methyl-1,6-heptanediol; 6-methyl-1,6-heptanediol; or 2,4-dimethyl-1,4-hexanediol.
- 2,7-Dimethyl-3,7-octadiene-2,5-diol (CAS No. 171436-39-8) is a preferred C10-diol principal solvent and can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding two CH2 group and two double bond to any of the following preferred C8-diol principal solvents: 2,5-octanediol; 6-methyl-1,4-heptanediol; 2-methyl-2,4-heptanediol; 6-methyl-2,4-heptanediol; 2-methyl-2,5-heptanediol; 6-methyl-2,5-heptanediol; and 2,5-dimethyl-2,4-hexanediol.
- 4-Butyl-2-butene-1,4-diol (CAS No. 153943-66-9) is a preferred C8-diol principal solvent and can be considered to be derived by appropriately adding a CH2 group and a double bond to any of the following preferred C7-diol principal solvents: 2-propyl-1,4-butanediol or 2-butyl-1,3-propanediol.
- By the same token, there are cases where a higher molecular weight unsaturated homolog which is derived from a poor, inoperable saturated solvent is itself a poor solvent. For example, 3,5-dimethyl-5-hexene-2,4-diol (e.g., CAS No. 16042940-3) is a poor unsaturated C8 solvent, and can be considered to be derived from the following poor saturated C7 solvents: 3-methyl-2,4-hexanediol; 5-methyl-2,4-hexanediol; or 2,4-dimethyl-1,3-pentanediol; and 2,6-dimethyl-5-heptene-1,2-diol (e.g., CAS No. 141505-71-7) is a poor unsaturated C9 solvent, and can be considered to be derived from the following poor saturated C8 solvents: 2-methyl-1,2-heptanediol; 6-methyl-1,2-heptanediol; or 2,5-dimethyl-1,2-hexanediol.
- It is also found, surprisingly, that there is an exception to the above addition rule, in which saturated principal solvents always have unsaturated analogs/homologs with the same degree of acceptability. The exception relates to saturated diol principal solvents having the two hydroxyl groups situated on two adjacent carbon atoms. In some cases, but not always, inserting one, or more, CH2 groups between the two adjacent hydroxyl groups of a poor solvent results in a higher molecular weight unsaturated homolog which is more suitable for the clear, concentrated fabric softener formulation. For example, the preferred unsaturated 6,6-dimethyl-1-heptene-3,5-diol (CAS No. 109788-01-4) having no adjacent hydroxyl groups can be considered to be derived from the inoperable 2,2-dimethyl-3,4-hexanediol which has adjacent hydroxyl groups. In this case, it is more reliable to consider that the 6,6-dimethyl-1-heptene-3,5-diol is derived from either 2-methyl-3,5-heptanediol or 5,5-dimethyl-2,4-hexanediol which are both preferred principal solvents and do not have adjacent hydroxyl groups. Conversely, inserting CH2 groups between the adjacent hydroxyl groups of a preferred principal solvent can result in an inoperable higher molecular weight unsaturated diol solvent. For example, the inoperable unsaturated 2,4-dimethyl-5-hexene-2,4-diol (CAS No. 87604-24-8) having no adjacent hydroxyl groups can be considered to be derived from the preferred 2,3-dimethyl-2,3-pentanediol which has adjacent hydroxyl groups. In this case, it is more reliably to derive the inoperable unsaturated 2,4-dimethyl-5-hexene-2,4-diol from either 2-methyl-2,4-hexanediol or 4-methyl-2,4-hexanediol which are both inoperable solvents and do not have adjacent hydroxyl groups. There are also cases where an inoperable unsaturated solvent having no adjacent hydroxyl groups can be considered to be derived from an inoperable solvent which has adjacent hydroxyl groups, such as the pair 4,5-dimethyl-6-hexene-1,3-diol and 3,4-dimethyl-1,2-pentanediol. Therefore, in order to deduce the formulatability of an unsaturated solvent having no adjacent hydroxyl groups, one should start from a low molecular weight saturated homolog also not having adjacent hydroxyl groups. I.e., in general, the relationship is more reliable when the distance/relationship of the two hydroxy groups is maintained. I.e., it is reliable to start from a saturated solvent with adjacent hydroxyl groups to deduce the formulatability of the higher molecular weight unsaturated homologs also having adjacent hydroxyl groups.
- It has been discovered that the use of these specific principal alcohol solvents can produce clear, low viscosity, stable fabric softener compositions at surprisingly low principal solvent levels, i.e., less than about 40%, by weight of the composition. It has also been discovered that the use of the principal alcohol solvents can produce highly concentrated fabric softener compositions, that are stable and can be diluted, e.g. from about 2:1 to about 10:1, to produce compositions with lower levels of fabric softener that are still stable.
- As previously discussed, the principal solvents are desirably kept to the lowest levels that are feasible in the present compositions for obtaining translucency or clarity. The presence of water exerts an important effect on the need for the principal solvents to achieve clarity of these compositions. The higher the water content, the higher the principal solvent level (relative to the softener level) is needed to attain product clarity. Inversely, the less the water content, the less principal solvent (relative to the softener) is needed. Thus, at low water levels of from about 5% to about 15%, the softener active-to-principal solvent weight ratio is preferably from about 55:45 to about 85:15, more preferably from about 60:40 to about 80:20. At water levels of from about 15% to about 70%, the softener active-to-principal solvent weight ratio is preferably from about 45:55 to about 70:30, more preferably from about 55:45 to about 70:30. But at high water levels of from about 70% to about 80%, the softener active-to-principal solvent weight ratio is preferably from about 30:70 to about 55:45, more preferably from about 35:65 to about 45:55. At even higher water levels, the softener to principal solvent ratios should also be even higher.
- Mixtures of the above principal solvents are particularly preferred, since one of the problems associated with large amounts of solvents is safety. Mixtures decrease the amount of any one material that is present. Odor and flammability can also be mimimized by use of mixtures, especially when one of the principal solvents is volatile and/or has an odor, which is more likely for low molecular weight materials. Suitable solvents that can be used at levels that would not be sufficient to produce a clear product are 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentane diol; the ethoxylate, diethoxylate, or triethoxylate derivatives of 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentane diol; and/or 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol. For the purposes of this invention, these solvents should only be used at levels that will not provide a stable, or clear product. Preferred mixtures are those where the majority of the solvent is one, or more, that have been identified hereinbefore as most preferred. The use of mixtures of solvents is also preferred, especially when one, or more, of the preferred principal solvents are solid at room temperature. In this case, the mixtures are fluid, or have lower melting points, thus improving processability of the softener compositions.
- It is also discovered that it is possible to substitute for part of a principal solvent or a mixture of principal solvents of this invention with a secondary solvent, or a mixture of secondary solvents, which by themselves are not operable as a principal solvent of this invention, as long as an effective amount of the operable principal solvent(s) of this invention is still present in the liquid concentrated, clear fabric softener composition. An effective amount of the principal solvent(s) of this invention is at least greater than about 5%, preferably more than about 7%, more preferably more than about 10% of the composition, when at least about 15% of the softener active is also present. The substitute solvent(s) can be used at any level, but preferably about equal to, or less than, the amount of operable principal solvent, as defined hereinbefore, that is present in the fabric softener composition.
- For example, even though 1,2-pentanediol, 1,3-octanediol, and hydroxy pivalyl hydroxy pivalate (hereinafter, HPHP) having the following formula:
HO—CH2—C(CH3)2—CH2—O—CO—C(CH3)2—CH2—OH (CAS# 1115-20-4)
are inoperable solvents according to this invention, mixtures of these solvents with the principal solvent, e.g., with the preferred 1,2-hexanediol principal solvent, wherein the 1,2-hexanediol principal solvent is present at effective levels, also provide liquid concentrated, clear fabric softener compositions. - The principal solvent can be used to either make a composition translucent or clear, or can be used to reduce the temperature at which the composition is translucent or clear. Thus the invention also comprises the method of adding the principal solvent, at the previously indicated levels, to a composition that is not translucent, or clear, or which has a temperature where instability occurs that is too high, to make the composition translucent or clear, or, when the composition is clear, e.g., at ambient temperature, or down to a specific temperature, to reduce the temperature at which instability occurs, preferably by at least about 5° C., more preferably by at least about 10° C. The principal advantage of the principal solvent is that it provides the maximum advantage for a given weight of solvent. It is understood that “solvent”, as used herein, refers to the effect of the principal solvent and not to its physical form at a given temperature, since some of the principal solvents are solids at ambient temperature.
- Alkyl Lactates
- Some alkyl lactate esters, e.g., ethyl lactate and isopropyl lactate have ClogP values within the effective range of from about 0.15 to about 0.64, and can form liquid concentrated, clear fabric softener compositions with the fabric softener actives of this invention, but need to be used at a slightly higher level than the more effective diol solvents like 1,2-hexanediol. They can also be used to substitute for part of other principal solvents of this invention to form liquid concentrated, clear fabric softener compositions. This is illustrated in Example I-C.
- Several of the above principal solvents are novel compounds including: 1,2-butanediol, 2,3,3-trimethyl-; 3,4-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-; 2,3-hexanediol, 4-methyl-; 2,3-hexanediol, 5-methyl-; 3,4-hexanediol, 2-methyl-; 3,4-pentanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1,1-dimethylpropyl)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1,2-dimethylpropyl)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2,2-dimethylpropyl)-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-(1-methylpropyl)-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2,3-dimethyl-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-(2-methylpropyl)-; 1,3-butanediol, 2-methyl-2-isopropyl-; 1,3-butanediol, 3-methyl-2-isopropyl-; 1,3-butanediol, 3-methyl-2-propyl-; 1,4-butanediol, 2,2-diethyl-; 1,4-butanediol, 2-methyl-2-propyl-; 1,4-butanediol, 2-(1-methylpropyl)-; 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-2,3-dimethyl-; 1,4-butanediol, 2-ethyl-3,3-dimethyl-; 1,4-butanediol, 2-(2-methylpropyl)-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2,3,3-trimethyl-; 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2,3-trimethyl-; 1,5-pentanediol, 2,3,3-trimethyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-4-methyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-2-methyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-3-methyl-; 1,5-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-2-methyl-; 1,5-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-4-methyl-; 2,4-pentanediol, 3-ethyl-2-methyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 2-isopropyl-; 1,3-pentanediol, 2-propyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2-isopropyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 2-propyl-; 1,4-pentanediol, 3-isopropyl-; 2,4-pentanediol, 3-propyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 2,5-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 3,5-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 3,5-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 4,4-dimethyl-; 1,4-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 3,4-dimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 3,5-dimethyl-; 1,5-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl-; 1,6-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-; 1,6-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-; 1,6-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-; 2,4-hexanediol, 4,5-dimethyl-; 2,5-hexanediol, 2,3-dimethyl-; 2,5-hexanediol, 2,4-dimethyl-; 2,5-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-; 2,6-hexanediol, 3,3-dimethyl-; 1,3-hexanediol, 4-ethyl-; 2,4-hexanediol, 3-ethyl-; 2,5-hexanediol, 3-ethyl-; 1,3-heptanediol, 4-methyl-; 1,3-heptanediol, 5-methyl-; 1,3-heptanediol, 6-methyl-; 1,5-heptanediol, 3-methyl-; 1,5-heptanediol, 4-methyl-; 1,6-heptanediol, 3-methyl-; 1,6-heptanediol, 5-methyl-; 2,4-heptanediol, 5-methyl-; 2,5-heptanediol, 3-methyl-; 3,5-heptanediol, 2-methyl-; 2,6-octanediol; 2,4-hexanediol, 3,3,4-trimethyl-; 2,4-hexanediol, 3,5,5-trimethyl-; 2,4-hexanediol, 4,5,5-trimethyl-; 2,5-hexanediol, 3,3,4-trimethyl-; 2,5-hexanediol, 3,3,5-trimethyl-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, triethoxylated; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, tetraethoxylated; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(2-pentyloxy)-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(3-pentyloxy)-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(2-methyl-1-butyloxy)-; 1 ,2-propanediol, 3-(iso-amyloxy)-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(3-methyl-2-butyloxy)-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(cyclohexyloxy)-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(1-cyclohex-1-enyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(pentyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2-pentyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(3-pentyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(2-methyl-1-butyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(iso-amyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(3-methyl-2-butyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(cyclohexyloxy)-; 1,3-propanediol, 2-(1-cyclohex-1-enyloxy)-; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, pentaethoxylated; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, hexaethoxylated; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, heptaethoxylated; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-,octaethoxylated; 1,2-propanediol, 3-(butyloxy)-, nonaethoxylated; bis(2-hydroxybutyl) ether; and bis(2-hydroxycyclopentyl) ether.
- III. Chelating Agents
- The compositions of the present invention all include one or more chelating agents such as copper and/or nickel chelating agents (“chelators”). The chelating agents of the present invention are added to aid in the reduction of color forming bodies thereby aiding the clarity of the clear or translucent composition and to reduce malodor. While not wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that the addition of a chelating agent reduces or minimizes the presence of color forming bodies which may be present in the fabric softening active. In addition, the presence of a chelating agent minimizes or reduces any malodor which may be associated with the fabric softening active.
- Accordingly, the compositions of the present invention include the presence of a chelating agent as an essential component of the composition. The chelating agent may be present in the composition in the range of from about 0.001% to about 10% by weight of the composition. More preferably the chelant is present in the range of from about 0.01% to about 5% and most preferably in the range of from about 0.01% to about 3% by weight of the composition.
- Such water-soluble chelating agents can be selected from the group consisting of amino carboxylates, amino phosphonates, polyfunctionally-substituted aromatic chelating agents and mixtures thereof, all as hereinafter defined and all preferably in their acidic form. Amino carboxylates useful as chelating agents herein include ethylenedi-aminetetraacetates acid (EDTA), N-hydroxyethylethylenediaminetriacetates acid, nitrilotri-acetates (NTA), ethylenediamine tetraproprionates, ethylenediamine-N,N′-diglutamates, 2-hyroxypropylenediamine-N,N′-disuccinates, triethylenetetraaminehexacetates, diethylenetriaminepentaacetates (DETPA) such as diethylenetriaminepentacetic acid (DTPA), and ethanoldiglycines, including their water-soluble salts such as the alkali metal, ammonium, and substituted ammonium salts thereof and mixtures thereof.
- Amino phosphonates are also suitable for use as chelating agents in the compositions of the invention when at least low levels of total phosphorus are permitted in detergent compositions, and include ethylenediaminetetrakis (methylenephosphonates), diethylenetriamine-N,N,N′,N″,N″-pentakis(methane phosphonate) (DETMP) and 1-hydroxyethane-1,1-diphosphonate (HEDP). Preferably, these amino phosphonates to not contain alkyl or alkenyl groups with more than about 6 carbon atoms.
- The chelating agents are typically used in the present rinse process at levels from about 2 ppm to about 25 ppm, for periods from 1 minute up to several hours' soaking.
-
- As disclosed in the patent, EDDS can be prepared using maleic anhydride and ethylenediamine. The biodegradable [S,S] isomer of EDDS can be prepared by reacting L-aspartic acid with 1,2-dibromoethane. The EDDS employed herein as a chelator is typically in its salt form, i.e., wherein one or more of the four acidic hydrogens are replaced by a water-soluble cation M, such as sodium, potassium, ammonium, triethanolammonium, and the like. As noted before, the EDDS chelator is also typically used in the present rinse process at levels from about 2 ppm to about 25 ppm for periods from 1 minute up to several hours' soaking. At certain pH's the EDDS may be used in combination with zinc cations.
- As can be seen from the foregoing, a wide variety of chelators may be used herein. Indeed, simple polycarboxylates such as citrate, oxydisuccinate, and the like, may also be used, although such chelators are not as effective as the amino carboxylates and phosphonates, on a weight basis. Accordingly, usage levels may be adjusted to take into account differing degrees of chelating effectiveness. The chelators herein will preferably have a stability constant (of the fully ionized chelator) for copper ions of at least about 5, preferably at least about 7. Typically, the chelators will comprise from about 0.5% to about 10%, more preferably from about 0.75% to about 5%, by weight of the compositions herein. Preferred chelators include DETMP, DETPA, DTPA, NTA, EDDS and mixtures thereof with DTPA being the most preferred.
- Clarity of the Composition
- Compositions of the present invention comprise liquid rinse added fabric softening compositions which are clear or translucent. By clear compositions, it is intended that the compositions of the present invention are preferably substantially free of significant color such that the compositions generally appear as clear as water. Of course one of ordinary skill in the art will recognize that a small amount of color may be present in the compositions of the present invention. In such instances, the compositions of the present invention will appear clear when packaged in a suitable container of an offset color shade so that the color of the composition is offset and the composition appears clear when viewed through the container.
- The color or clarity of the present invention may be measured via a Hunter Color analysis. A Hunter Color analysis is well known to one of ordinary skill in the art. The analysis is performed on a Hunter Lab ColorQuest Instrument available from Hunter Labs of Reston, Va. The Hunter Lab ColorQuest Instrument can perform two separate measurements for the purposes of measuring the color or clarity of the compositions of the present invention, a CIELAB color measurement and a measurement of the percentage (%) of Haze in the solution in the transmission mode of the instrument. Both measurements are run on the Hunter Lab ColorQuest Instrument using the total transmission mode. The settings for the instrument are 0.25″ area view, 0.25″ port size, UV filter out, no UV lamp, deionized water as the standard and a 30 mm cell.
- CIELAB is a scale used to measure the color of solutions. One of ordinary skill in the art is familiar with the CIELAB scale. A Color difference measurement involves measuring the composition at the point of intial mixing and then measuring the color of the composition after a set period of time under specified conditions. The difference between the initial point in time and final point in time is then the CIELAB color difference. For the compositions of the present invention, it is preferable that the clear compositions have a CIELAB color difference of about 5 or less from initial to 10 days storage at 120° F., more preferably of about 1 or less and most preferably of about 0.1 or less.
- Percentage haze in the transmission mode measures the amount of haze, i.e the clarity of the compositions. Preferably, the compositions of the present invention have a percent haze in the transmission mode of a Hunter Color analysis of about 90% or less, more preferably of about 50% or less and most preferably of about 25% or less.
- IV. Optional Ingredients
- (A) Low molecular weight water soluble solvents can also be used at levels of from 0% to about 12%, preferably from about 1% to about 10%, more preferably from about 2% to about 8%. The water soluble solvents cannot provide a clear product at the same low levels of the principal solvents described hereinbefore but can provide clear product when the principal solvent is not sufficient to provide a completely clear product. The presence of these water soluble solvents is therefore highly desirable. Such solvents include: ethanol; isopropanol; 1,2-propanediol; 1,3-propanediol; propylene carbonate; etc. but do not include any of the principal solvents (B). These water soluble solvents have a greater affinity for water in the presence of hydrophobic materials like the softener active than the principal solvents.
- (J) Other Optional Ingredients
- Other optional ingredients useful in compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, dye transfer inhibiting agents, polymeric dispersing agents, soil release agents, scum dispersants, suds suppressors, optical brighteners or other brightening or whitening agents, dye fixing agents, light fading protection agents, oxygen bleach protection agents, fabric softening clay, anti-static agents, carriers, hydrotropes, processing aids, dyes or pigments, bactericides, colorants, perfumes, preservatives, opacifiers, anti-shrinkage agents, anti-wrinkle agents, fabric crisping agents, spotting agents, germicides, fungicides, anti-corrosion agents, and the like.
- Particularly preferred optional ingredients include water soluble calcium and/or magnesium compounds, which provide additional stability. The chloride salts are preferred, but acetate, nitrate, etc. salts can be used. The level of said calcium and/or magnesium salts is from 0% to about 2%, preferably from about 0.05% to about 0.5%, more preferably from about 0.1% to about 0.25%.
- Enzymes
- The compositions herein can optionally employ one or more enzymes such as lipases, proteases, cellulase, amylases and peroxidases. A preferred enzyme for use herein is a cellulase enzyme. Indeed, this type of enzyme will further provide a color care benefit to the treated fabric. Cellulases usable herein include both bacterial and fungal types, preferably having a pH optimum between 5 and 9.5. U.S. Pat. No. 4,435,307, Barbesgoard et al, Mar. 6, 1984, discloses suitable fungal cellulases from Humicola insolens or Humicola strain DSM1800 or a cellulase 212-producing fungus belonging to the genus Aeromonas, and cellulase extracted from the hepatopancreas of a marine mollusk, Dolabella Auricula Solander. Suitable cellulases are also disclosed in GB-A-2.075.028; GB-A-2.095.275 and DE-OS-2.247.832. CAREZYME® and CELLUZYME® (Novo) are especially useful. Other suitable cellulases are also disclosed in WO 91/17243 to Novo, WO 96/34092, WO 96/34945 and EP-A-0,739,982.
- In practical terms for current commercial preparations, typical amounts are up to about 5 mg by weight, more typically 0.01 mg to 3 mg, of active enzyme per gram of the composition. Stated otherwise, the compositions herein will typically comprise from 0.001% to 5%, preferably 0.01%-1% by weight of a commercial enzyme preparation. In the particular cases where activity of the enzyme preparation can be defined otherwise such as with cellulases, corresponding activity units are preferred (e.g. CEVU or cellulase Equivalent Viscosity Units). For instance, the compositions of the present invention can contain cellulase enzymes at a level equivalent to an activity from about 0.5 to 1000 CEVU/gram of composition. Cellulase enzyme preparations used for the purpose of formulating the compositions of this invention typically have an activity comprised between 1,000 and 10,000 CEVU/gram in liquid form, around 1,000 CEVU/gram in solid form.
- The present invention can also include other compatible ingredients, including those as disclosed in copending applications Ser. No. 08/372,068, filed Jan. 12, 1995, Rusche, et al.; Ser. No. 08/372,490, filed Jan. 12, 1995, Shaw, et al.; and Ser. No. 08/277,558, filed Jul. 19, 1994, Hartman, et al., incorporated herein by reference.
- Many synthesis methods can be used to prepare the diol principal solvents of this invention. The appropriate method is selected for each specific structural requirement of each principal solvent. Futhermore, most principal solvents can also be prepared by more than one method. Therefore, the methods cited herein for each specific principal solvent are for illustrative purposes only and should not be considered as limiting.
- Method A
- Preparation of 1,5-, 1,6-, and 1,7-Diols
- Method 1
- This synthesis method is a general preparation of α,ω-type diols derived from substituted cyclic alkenes. Examples of cyclic alkenes are the alkylated isomers of cyclopentene, cyclohexene, and cycloheptene. The general formula of useful alkylated cyclic alkenes is
wherein each R is H, or C1-C4-alkyl, and where x is 3, 4, or 5. - Cyclic alkenes may be converted to the terminal diols by a three step reaction sequence.
- Step 1 is the reaction of the cyclic alkene with ozone (O3) in a solvent such as anhydrous ethyl acetate to form the intermediate ozonide. In Step 2 the ozonide is reduced by, e.g., palladium catalyst/H2 to the dialdehyde which is then converted in Step 3 to the target diol by borohydride reduction.
-
- In a typical reaction the alkene is reacted with hydrogen peroxide (30%) and a catalytic amount of osmium tetroxide in t-butyl alcohol or other suitable solvent. The reaction is cooled to about 0° C. and allowed to run overnight. Unreacted compounds and solvent are removed by distillation and the desired 1,2-diol isolated by distillation or crystallization.
- Method 2
- An alternate method is the conversion of the olefin to the epoxide by the reaction of m-chloroperbenzoic acid, or peracetic acid, in a solvent such as methylene chloride at temperatures below about 25° C. The epoxide generated by this chemistry is then opened to the diol by, e.g., hydrolysis with dilute sulfuric acid. Step 3 to the target diol by borohydride reduction.
- Method 3
- An alternate method for the preparation of these compounds is by direct hydroxylation of the cyclic alkene with hydrogen peroxide and a catalytic amount of osmium tetroxide. The reaction yields the cyclic diol which is then converted to the open chain dialdehyde by periodate or lead tetraacetate. The dialdehyde is then reduced with borohydride as in Method 1, to give the desired 1,5- or 1,6-diols, etc.
- Method B
- Preparation of 1,2 Diols
- Method 1
- Method C
- Preparation of 1,3-Diols
- Acylation of Enamines
- This preparation is for the general type of 1,3-diols and accommodates a variety of structural features. Enamines are formed from both ketones and aldehydes which react with acid chlorides to form the acylated product. The acylated amine derivative is hydrolyzed back to its acylated carbonyl compound which is the 1,3-dicarbonyl precursor to the desired 1,3-diol. The diol is generated by borohydride reduction of the 1,3-dicarbonyl compound.
- Thus acetaldehyde (aldehydes) may be reacted with a secondary amine, preferably cyclic amines such as pyrrolidine or morpholine, by heating at reflux in a solvent such as toluene and with a catalytic amount of p-toluene sulfonic acid. As the amine reacts (condenses) with the carbonyl compound, water is produced and is removed, e.g., by reflux through a water trap. After the theoretical amount of water has been removed, the reaction mixture is stripped, e.g., under vacuum, to remove the solvent, if desired (the acylation can be done in the same solvent systems in most cases).
- The anhydrous crude enamine containing some excess amine is reacted with the appropriate acid chloride at about 20° C. to give the acylated enamine. This reaction is usually allowed to stir overnight at room temperature. The total reaction mixture is then poured over crushed ice, stirred, and the mixture made acidic with 20% HCl. This treatment hydrolyzes the enamine to the acylated dicarbonyl compound. This intermediate is then isolated by extraction and distillation to remove low boiling impurities, then reduced by sodium borohydride to the desired 1,3-diol.
- Method D
- Preparation of 1,4 Diols, by Aldol Condensation and Reduction
- The typical reactions involve one or more aldehydes, one or more ketones, and mixtures thereof, which have at least one alpha-hydrogen atom on the carbon atom next to the carbonyl group. Typical examples of some reactants and some potential final products are as follows
2 R—CH2—CHO→HO—CH2—CH(R)—CHOH—CH2—R
R—CH2—CHO+R′—CH2—CHO→HO—CH2—CH(R)—CHOH—CH2—R+HO—CH2—CH(R′)—CHOH—CH2—R′+HO—CH2—CH(R′)—CHOH—CH2—R+HO—CH2—CH(R)—CHOH—CH2—R′
R—CH2—CHO+R′—CO—CH3→HO—CH2—CH(R)—CHOH—CH2—R+R—CH2—CHOH CH2—CHOH—R′ - The aldehyde, ketone, or mixture thereof which is to be condensed is placed in an autoclave under an inert atmosphere with a solvent such as butanol or with a phase transfer medium such as polyethylene glycol. When a mixed condensation such as with a ketone and an aldehyde is the target, typically the two reactants are used in about 1:1 mole ratio. A catalytic amount of strongly alkaline catalyst such as sodium methoxide is added, typically about 0.5-10 mole % of the reactants. The autoclave is sealed, and the mixture is heated at about 35-100° C. until most of the original reactants have been converted, usually about 5 minutes to about 3 hours. The crude mixture is neutralized and the carbonyl functions present are reduced by hydrogenation over Raney Ni at about 100° C. and about 50 atm for about 1 hour. Volatile components are removed by distillation and the desired diol principal solvents are obtained by vacuum distillation.
- More information about this preparation process is disclosed in Synthesis, (3), 164-5 (1975), A. Pochini and R. Ungaro; PCT Int. Appl. WO 9,507,254, Kulmala et al, 16 Mar. 1995; Japan Pat. Appl. No. 40,333, Sato et al, Feb. 9, 1990; Japan Pat. Appl. No. 299,240, Sato et al, Dec. 4, 1989; Eur. Pat. Appl. No. 367,743, Ankner et al, May 9, 1990; all of said article and patents being incorporated herein by reference.
- Condensation of Butyraldehyde and/or Isobutyraldehyde and Conversion to Form Eight-Carbon-1,3-Diols
- A portion of n-butanol (about 148 g, about 2 mole, Aldrich) in a 500 ml, 3-neck, round-bottom flask equipped with a stirring bar, internal thermometer, condenser, and connection for blanketing with a nitrogen atmosphere is treated with sodium metal (about 2.3 g, about 0.1 mole, Aldrich) until the sodium has all dissolved. Then, a mixture of butyraldehyde (about 72 g, about 1 mole, Aldrich) and isobutyraldehyde (about 72 g, about 1 mole, Aldrich) is added and the system is held at about 40° C. until most of the original aldehydes have undergone reaction. The base catalyst is neutralized by careful addition of sulfuric acid, any salts are removed by filtration, and the solution is hydrogenated over Raney Ni at about 100° C. at about 50 atm of pressure for about 1 hour to yield a mixture of 8-carbon, 1,3-diols. The butanol solvent and any isobutanol formed during the hydrogenation are removed by distillation to yield the eight-carbon-1,3-diol mixture of: 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol; 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol; 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-hexanediol; and 2-ethyl4-methyl-1,3-pentanediol. Optionally, this mixture is further purified by vacuum distillation, or by decolorization with activated charcoal. The recovered solvent is used for further batches of diol production.
- When only butyraldehyde is used in the reaction, the major product obtained is 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol.
- When only isobutyraldehyde is used in the reaction, the major product obtained is 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol.
- Mixed Condensation of Butyraldehyde and Methyl Ethyl Ketone and Conversion to Form a Mixture of Eight-Carbon-1,3-Diols
- Condition A. A portion of n-butanol (about 148 g, about 2 mole, Aldrich) in a 500 ml, 3-neck, round-bottom flask equipped with a stirring bar, internal thermometer, condenser, and connection for blanketing with a nitrogen atmosphere is treated with sodium metal (about 2.3 g, about 0.1 mole, Aldrich) until the sodium has all dissolved. Then, a mixture of butyraldehyde (about 72 g, about 1 mole, Aldrich) and 2-butanone (about 72 g, about 1 mole, Aldrich) is added and the system is held at about 40° C. until most of the original butyraldehyde has undergone reaction. The base catalyst is neutralized by careful addition of sulfuric acid and any salts are removed by filtration. Optionally, unreacted starting materials are removed by distillation along with the reaction solvent. The mixture containing the condensation products is hydrogenated over Raney Ni at about 100° C. and about 50 atm. for about 1 hour to yield a mixture of 8-carbon-1,3-diols including 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol, 2-ethyl-3-methyl-1,3-pentanediol, 3,5-octanediol; 3-methyl-3,5-heptanediol; and lesser amounts of other 1,3-diol isomers, e.g., 3-methyl-2,4-heptanediol and 3,4-dimethyl-2,4-hexanediol. The crude diol mixture can be further purified by fractional distillation.
- Condition B. The above reaction is repeated except that about 2 moles of butyraldehyde are used for each one mole of 2-butanone. This results in a reaction product with a higher proportion of diols resulting from self-condensation of the aldehyde (i.e., 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol), and from mixed condensation of aldehyde and 2-butanone (e.g., 2-ethyl-3-methyl-1,3-pentanediol and 3,5-octanediol), and a smaller proportion of those diols resulting from self-condensation of 2-butanone (e.g., 3-methyl-3,5-heptanediol and 3,4-dimethyl-2,4-hexanediol).
- Condition C. The above condensation is repeated except that about one mole of 2-butanone is placed in the reaction vessel with the solvent and catalyst and about one mole of butyraldehyde is gradually added. Conditions are adjusted such that the self-condensation rate of 2-butanone is slow and the more reactive carbonyl of the aldehyde reacts promptly upon addition. This results in a reaction product with a higher proportion of the diols resulting from the condensation of 2-butanone with butyraldehyde and from self-condensation of 2-butanone and a smaller proportion of the diol resulting from self-condensation of butyraldehyde.
- Condition D. The above condensation C. is repeated under low temperature conditions. About 1.0 mole portion of 2-butanone is dissolved in about 5 volumes of dry tetrahydrofuran. The solution is cooled to about −78° C., and about 0.95 mole of potassium hydride is added in portions. After the hydrogen evolution has ceased, the solution is held for about one hour to allow for equilibration to the more stable enolate and then one mole of n-butyraldehyde is added slowly with good stirring while maintaining the temperature at about −78° C. After addition is complete, the solution is allowed to gradually warm to room temperature and is neutralized by careful addition of sulfuric acid. Salts are removed by filtration. Optionally, unreacted starting materials are removed by distillation along with the reaction solvent. The mixture containing the condensation products is hydrogenated over Raney Ni at about 100° C. and about 50 atm. for about 1 hour to yield predominantly the diol resulting from the condensation of the enolate of 2-butanone with butyraldehyde, 3,5-octanediol. Purification is optionally accomplished by distillation.
- Mixed Condensation of Isobutyraldehyde and Methyl Ethyl Ketone and Conversion to Form a Mixture of Eight-Carbon-1,3-Diols
- The reaction of Condition A above is repeated except that the butyraldehyde is replaced by isobutyraldehyde. The condensation and reduction proceed analogously, and the final diol products are mainly 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol; 2,2,3-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol; 2-methyl-3,5-heptanediol; and 3-methyl-3,5-heptanediol.
- Mixed Condensation of Butyraldehyde, Isobutyraldehyde and Methyl Ethyl Ketone and Conversion to Form a Mixture of Eight-Carbon-1,3-Diols
- The reaction of Condition A above is repeated, except that about one mole each of butyraldehyde, isobutyraldehyde, and 2-butanone are used. The condensation and reduction proceed analogously to yield a mixture of 8-carbon-1,3-diols primarily consisting of: 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol; 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol; 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-hexanediol; 2-ethyl-4-methyl-1,3-pentanediol; 2-ethyl-3-methyl-1,3-pentanediol; 3,5-octanediol; 2,2,3-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol; 2-methyl-3,5-heptanediol; and 3-methyl-3,5-heptanediol, along with other minor isomers resulting from condensation on the methylene of 2-butanone instead of the methyl.
- The mixtures prepared by the condensation of butyraldehyde, isobutyraldehyde, and/or methyl ethyl ketone, preferably have no more than about 90%, preferably no more than about 80%, more preferably no more than about 70%, even more preferably no more than about 60%, and most preferably no more than about 50%, by weight of any one specific compound. Also, the reaction mixtures should not contain more than about 95%, preferably no more than about 90%, more preferably no more than about 85%, and most preferably no more than about 80%, by weight, of butyraldehyde or isobutyraldehyde.
- Method E
- Preparation of 1,4 Diols, by the Addition of Acetylide to Carbonyl Compounds
-
- The resulting acetylenic diol is then reduced to the alkene or completely reduced to the saturated diol. The reaction can also be done by using an about 18% slurry of mono-sodium acetylide with the carbonyl compound to form the acetylenic alcohol which can be converted to the sodium salt and reacted with another mole of carbonyl compound to give the unsaturated 1,4- diol. Where mixed carbonyl compounds are used with the diacetylides, diol mixtures will result. Where the mono-acetylide is used, specific structures can be made in higher yields.
- A sodium acetylide (about 18% in xylene) slurry is reacted with isobutryaldehyde to form the acetylenic alcohol
(CH3)2CH—CHO+NaC≡CH→(CH3)2CH—CHOH—C≡C—H - The acetylenic (ethynyl) alcohol is converted with base to the sodium acetylide R—CHOH—C≡CNa which is then reacted with a mole of acetaldehyde to give the ethynyl diol R—CHOH—C≡C—CHOH—R′. This compound, (CH3)2CH—CHOH—C≡C—CHOH—CH3, can be isolated as the unsaturated diol, if desired, reduced by catalytic hydrogenation to the corresponding material containing a double bond in place of the acetylenic bond, or further reduced by catalytic hydrogenation to the saturated 1,4-diol.
- Method F
- Preparation of Substituted Diols Derived from Cyclic Anhydrides, Lactones and Esters of Dicarboxylic Acids
- This method of preparation is for the synthesis of diols, especially several 1,4-diols, which are derived from dicarboxylic acid anhydrides, diesters and lactones, but not limited to the 1,4-diols or four-carbon diacids.
- These types of diols are generally synthesized by the reduction of the parent anhydride, lactone or diester with sodium bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum hydride (Red-Al) as the reducing agent. This reducing agent is commercially available as a 3.1 molar solution in toluene and delivers one mole of hydrogen per mole of reagent. Diesters and cyclic anhydrides require about 3 moles of Red-Al per mole of substrate. Using an alkyl substituted succinic anhydride to illustrate this method, the typical reduction is carried out as follows.
- The anhydride is first dissolved in anhydrous toluene and placed in a reaction vessel equipped with dropping funnel, mechanical stirrer, thermometer and a reflux condenser connected to calcium chloride and soda lime tubes to exclude moisture and carbon dioxide. The reducing agent, in toluene, is placed in the dropping funnel and is added slowly to the stirred anhydride solution. The reaction is exothermic and the temperature is allowed to reach about 80° C. It is maintained at about 80° C. during the remaining addition time and for about two hours following addition.
- The reaction mixture is then allowed to cool back to room temperature. Next, the mixture is added to a stirred aqueous HCl solution (about 20% concentration) which is cooled in an ice bath, and the temperature is maintained at about 20 to 30° C. After acidification the mixture is separated in a separatory funnel and the organic layer washed with a dilute salt solution until neutral to pH paper. The neutral diol solution is dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, then stripped under vacuum to yield the desired 1,4-diol.
- Method G
- Preparation of Diols with One or Both Alcohol Functions Being Secondary or Tertiary
-
- This type of alkylation can be extended to diesters. An excess of methylating reagent will generate diols where both alcohol groups are tertiary.
- Method H
- Preparation of Substituted 1,3- , 1,4- and 1,5-Diols
- This method is a general preparation of some 1,3-, 1,4- and 1,5-diols which utilizes the chemistry outlined in Method A-1 and Method A-2. The variation here is the use of a cyclic alkadienes in place of the cycloalkenes described in Methods A. The general formula for the starting materials is
wherein each R is H, or C1-C4-alkyl and wherein x is 1, 2 or 3. -
- The polyethoxylated derivatives of diol principal solvents are typically prepared in a high-pressure reactor under a nitrogen atmosphere. A suitable amount of ethylene oxide is added to a mixture of a diol solvent and potassium hydroxide at high temperature (from about 80° C. to about 170° C.). The amount of ethylene oxide is calculated relative to the amount of the diol solvent in order to add the right number of ethylene oxide groups per molecule of diol. When the reaction is completed, e.g., after about 1 hour, residual unreacted ethylene oxide is removed by vacuum.
- To a 2-liter Parr reactor that is equipped for temperature control, is charged with about 354 grams (about 3.0 moles) of 3,3-dimethyl-1,2-butanediol and about 0.54 grams of potassium hydroxide. The reactor is sparged with nitrogen and evacuated three times to a pressure of about 30 mm Hg. The reactor is then filled again with nitrogen to atmospheric pressure, and heated to about 130° C. The pressure of the reactor is then adjusted to slightly below the atmospheric pressure by applying a slight vacuum. Ethylene oxide (about 528 grams, about 12.0 moles) is added over one hour while controlling the temperature to about 130° C. After about an additional one hour reaction time, the contents are cooled to about 90° C. and a vacuum is pulled to remove any residual ethylene oxide.
- Methyl-capped polyethoxylated derivatives of diols are typically prepared either by reacting a methoxypoly(ethoxy)ethyl chloride (i.e., CH3O—(CH2CH2O)n—CH2CH2—Cl) of the desired chain length with the selected diol, or by reacting a methyl-capped polyethylene glycol (i.e., CH3O—(CH2CH2O)n—CH2CH2—OH) of the desired chain length with the epoxy precursor of the diol, or a combination of these methods.
- To a 1-liter, three-neck round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirbar, condenser, thermometer, and temperature controller (Thermowatch I2R)® is added tetraethylene glycol methyl ether (about 208 grams, about 1.0 mole) and sodium metal (Aldrich, about 2.3 grams, about 0.10 mole), and the mixture is heated to about 100° C. under argon. After the sodium dissolves, 2-methyl-2,3-epoxybutane (about 86 grams, about 1.0 mole) is added and the solution is stirred overnight under argon at about 120° C. A 13C-NMR (dmso-d6) shows that the reaction is complete by the disappearance of the epoxide peaks. The reaction mixture is cooled, poured into an equal volume of water, neutralized with 6 N HCl, saturated with sodium chloride, and extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined dichloromethane layers are dried over sodium sulfate and solvent is stripped to yield the desired polyether alcohol in crude form. Optionally, purification is accomplished by fractional vacuum distillation.
- Synthesis of Methoxytriethoxyethyl Chloride
- To a 1-liter, three-neck round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirring bar, condenser, and temperature controller (Thermowatch, I2R) is added tetraethylene glycol methyl ether (about 208 grams, about 1.0 mole ) under argon. Thionyl chloride (about 256.0 grams, about 2.15 moles) is added dropwise with good stirring over about 3 hours, keeping the temperature in the 50-60° C. range. The reaction mixture is then heated overnight at about 55° C. A 13C-NMR (D2O) is taken which shows only a small peak at ˜60 ppm for unreacted alcohol and a sizable peak at ˜43.5 ppm representing chlorinated product (—CH2Cl). Saturated sodium chloride solution is slowly added to the material until the thionyl chloride is destroyed. The material is taken up in about 300 ml of saturated sodium chloride solution and extracted with about 500 ml of methylene chloride. The organic layer is dried and solvent is stripped on a rotary evaporator to yield crude methoxyethoxyethyl chloride. Optionally, purification is accomplished by fractional vacuum distillation.
- The alcohol, C2H5CH(OH)CH(CH3)CH2OH (about 116 grams, about 1.0 mole), is placed in a 1-liter, three-neck round bottom flask equipped with a magnetic stirring bar, condenser, and temperature controller (Thermowatch®, I2R) along with about 100 ml of tetrahydrofuran as solvent. To this solution, sodium hydride (about 32 grams, about 1.24 moles) is added in portions and the system is held at reflux until gas evolution ceases. Methoxytriethoxyethyl chloride (about 242 grams, about 1.2 moles, prepared as above) is added and the system is held at reflux for about 48 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled to room temperature and water is cautiously added dropwise with stirring to decompose excess hydride. The tetrahydrofuran is stripped off on a rotary evaporator. The crude product is dissolved in about 400 ml of water and enough sodium chloride is dissolved in the water to bring it nearly to the saturation level. The mixture is then extracted twice with about 300 ml portions of dichloromethane. The combined dichloromethane layers are dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent is then stripped on a rotary evaporator to yield the crude product. Optionally, purification is accomplished by further stripping of unreacted starting materials and low MW by-products by utilizing a kugelrohr apparatus at about 150° C. under vacuum. Optionally, further purification is accomplished by vacuum distillation to yield the title polyether.
- A three neck, round bottom flask is equipped with a magnetic stir bar, a solid CO2-cooled condenser, an addition funnel, a thermometer, and a temperature control device (Therm-O-Watch, I2R). The system is swept free of air by a stream of nitrogen and then is equipped for blanketing the reaction mixture with a nitrogen atmosphere. To the reaction flask is added the dry alcohol or diol to be propoxylated. About 0.1-5 mole % of sodium metal is added cautiously to the reaction vessel in portions with heating if necessary to get all the sodium to react. The reaction mixture is then heated to about 80-130° C. and propylene oxide (Aldrich) is added dropwise from the dropping funnel at a rate to maintain a small amount of reflux from the solid CO2-cooled condenser. Addition of propylene oxide is continued until the desired amount has been added for the target degree of propoxylation. Heating is continued until all reflux of propylene oxide ceases and the temperature is maintained for about an additional hour to ensure complete reaction. The reaction mixture is then cooled to room temperature and is neutralized by careful addition of a convenient acid such as methanesulfonic acid. Any salts are removed by filtration to give the desired propoxylated product. The average degree of propoxylation is typically confirmed by integration of the 1H-NMR spectrum.
- A three neck, round bottom flask is equipped with a magnetic stir bar, a solid CO2-cooled condenser, an addition funnel, a thermometer, and a temperature control device (Therm-O-Watch, I2R). The system is swept free of air by a stream of nitrogen and then is equipped for blanketing the reaction mixture with a nitrogen atmosphere. To the reaction flask is added the dry alcohol or diol to be butoxylated. About 0.1-5 mole % of sodium metal is added cautiously to the reaction vessel in portions with heating if necessary to get all the sodium to react. The reaction mixture is then heated to about 80-130° C. and α-butylene oxide (Aldrich) is added dropwise from the dropping funnel at a rate to maintain a small amount of reflux from the solid CO2-cooled condenser. Addition of butylene oxide is continued until the desired amount has been added for the target degree of butoxylation. Heating is continued until all reflux of butylene oxide ceases and the temperature is maintained for about an additional one to two hours to ensure complete reaction. The reaction mixture is then cooled to room temperature and is neutralized by careful addition of a convenient acid such as methanesulfonic acid. Any salts are removed by filtration to give the desired butoxylated product. The average degree of butoxylation is typically confirmed by integration of the 1H-NMR spectrum.
- A dry portion of about 0.1 mole of the desired alcohol or diol starting material is placed in a 3-neck, round bottom flask equipped with magnetic stirrer, condenser, internal thermometer and an argon blanketing system. If the desired average degree of “tetramethyleneoxylation” is about one per hydroxyl group, about 0.11 moles of 2-(4-chlorobutoxy)tetrahydropyran (ICI) is added per mole of alcohol function. A solvent is added if necessary such as dry tetrahydrofuran, dioxane or dimethylformamide. Then sodium hydride (about 5 mole % excess relative to the chloro compound) is added in small portions with good stirring while maintaining a temperature of about 30-120° C. After all the hydride has reacted, the temperature is maintained until all of the alcohol groups have been alkylated, usually about 4-24 hours. After the reaction is complete, it is cooled and the excess hydride is decomposed by careful addition of methanol in small portions. Then about an equal volume of water is added and the pH is adjusted to about 2 with sulfuric acid. After warming to about 40° C. and holding it there for about 15 minutes to hydrolyze the tetrahydropyranyl protecting group, the reaction mixture is neutralized with sodium hydroxide and the solvents are stripped on a rotary evaporator. The residue is taken up in ether or methylene chloride and salts are removed by filtration. Stripping yields the crude tetramethyleneoxylated alcohol or diol. Further purification may be accomplished by vacuum distillation. If a final average degree of tetramethyleneoxylation of less than one is desired, a correspondingly lesser amount of chloro compound and hydride are used. For average degrees of tetramethyleneoxylation greater than one, the entire process is repeated in cycles until the buildup reaches the target level.
- A convenient method to prepare alkyl and/or aryl monoglycerol ethers consists of first preparing the corresponding alkyl glycidyl ether precursor. This is then converted to a ketal, which is then hydrolyzed to the monoglyceryl ether (diol). Following is the illustrative example of the preparation of the preferred n-pentyl monoglycerol ether, (i.e., 3-(pentyloxy)-1,2-propanediol) n-C5H11—O—CHOH—CH2OH.
- Preparation of 3-(pentyloxy)-1,2-propanediol
- A 3-neck, 2-liter round bottomed reaction flask (equipped with overhead stirrer, cold water condenser, mercury thermometer and addition funnel) are charged with about 546 g of aqueous NaOH (about 50% concentration) and about 38.5 g of tetrabutylammonium hydrogen sulfate (PTC, phase transfer catalyst). The content of the flask is stirred to achieve dissolution and then about 200 g of 1-pentanol is added along with about 400 ml hexanes (a mixture of isomers, with about 85% n-hexane). Into the addition funnel is charged about 418 g of epichlorohydrin which is slowly added (dropwise) to the stirring reaction mix. The temperature gradually rises to about 68° C. due to the reaction exotherm. The reaction is allowed to continue for about 1 hr after complete addition of the epichlorohydrin (no additional heat).
- The crude reaction mix is diluted with about 500 ml of warm water, stirred gently and then the aqueous layer is settled and removed. The hexane layer is mixed diluted again with about 1 liter of warm water and the pH of the mix is adjusted to about 6.5 by the addition of dilute aqueous sulfuric acid. The water layer is again separated and discarded and the hexane layer is then washed 3 times with fresh water. The hexane layer is then separated and evaporated to dryness via a rotary evaporator to obtain the crude n-pentyl glycidyl ether.
- Acetonation (Conversion to the Ketal)
- A 3-neck, 2 liter round bottomed flask (equipped with an overhead stirrer, cold water condenser, mercury thermometer and addition funnel) is charged with about 1 liter of acetone. To the acetone is added about 1 ml of SnCl4 with stirring. Into an addition funnel positioned over the reaction flask is added about 200 g of the just prepared n-pentyl glycidyl ether. The glycidyl ether is added very slowly to the stirring acetone solution (the rate is adjusted to control the exotherm). The reaction is allowed to proceed for about 1 hr after complete addition of the glycidyl ether (maximum temperature about 52° C.).
- Hydrolysis
- The apparatus is converted for distillation and a heating mantle and temperature controller are added. The crude reaction mix is concentrated via distillation of about 600 ml of acetone. To the cooled concentrated solution are added about 1 liter of aqueous sulfuric acid (about 20% concentration) and about 500 ml of hexanes. The content of the flask is then heated to about 50° C. with stirring (the apparatus is adjusted to collect and separate the liberated acetone). The hydrolysis reaction is continued until TLC (Thin Layer Chromatography) analysis confirms the completion of reaction.
- The crude reaction mix is cooled and the aqueous layer is separated and discarded. The organic layer is then diluted with about 1 liter of warm water and the pH is adjusted to about 7 by the addition of dilute aqueous NaOH (1N). The aqueous layer is again separated and the organic phase is washed 3 times with fresh water. The organic phase is then separated and evaporated via a rotary evaporator. The residue is then diluted with fresh hexanes and the desired product is extracted into methanol/water solution (about 70/30 weight ratio). The methanol/water solution is again evaporated to dryness via a rotary evaporator (with additional methanol added to facilitate the water evaporation). The residue is then filtered hot through glass microfiber filter paper to obtain the n-pentyl monoglycerol ether.
- Synthesis of bis(2-hydroxybutyl) ether
- A 500 ml, three neck, round bottom flask equipped with magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer, addition funnel, condenser, argon supply, and heating mantle, is flushed with argon. Then 1,2-butanediol (about 270 g, about 3 moles, Aldrich) is added and sodium metal (about 1.2 g, about 0.05 moles, Aldrich) is added and the sodium is allowed to dissolve. Then the reaction mixture is heated to about 100° C. and epoxybutane (about 71 g. about 1 mole, Aldrich) is added dropwise with stirring. Heating is continued until the reflux of epoxybutane has ceased and heating is continued for an additional hour to drive the conversion to completion. The reaction mixture is neutralized with sulfuric acid, the salts are removed by filtration, and the liquid is fractionally distilled under vacuum to recover the excess butanediol. The desired ether is obtained as a residue. Optionally, it is purified by further vacuum distillation.
- Synthesis of bis(2-hydroxycyclopentyl) ether
- A 1-liter, three neck, round bottom flask equipped with magnetic stirrer, internal thermometer, addition funnel, condenser, argon supply, and heating mantle, is flushed with argon. Then 1,2-cyclopentanediol (about 306 g, about 3 moles, Aldrich) is added and boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (about 0.14 g, about 0.01 moles, cis-trans isomer mixture, Aldrich) is added. Then the reaction mixture is held at about 10-40° C. as cyclopentene oxide (about 84 g. about 1 mole, Aldrich) is added dropwise with stirring until all the cyclopentene oxide has reacted. The reaction mixture is neutralized with sodium hydroxide, and the liquid is fractionally distilled under vacuum to recover the excess cyclopentanediol. The desired ether is obtained as a residue. Optionally, it is purified by further vacuum distillation.
- The above disclosed methods are illustrative only, for purposes of assisting those skilled in the art in the practice of the invention, and are not limiting.
- All percentages, ratios and proportions herein are by weight, unless otherwise specified. All documents cited are, in relevant part, incorporated herein by reference.
- The following are non-limiting examples of the present invention:
- The following Examples show clear, or translucent, products with acceptable viscosities.
- The compositions in the Examples below are made by first preparing an oil seat of DEQA softener active at ambient temperature. The softener active can be heated to melting at, e.g., about 130-150° F. (about 55-66° C.), if the softener active is not fluid at room temperature. The softener active is mixed using an IKA RW 25® mixer for about 2 to about 5 minutes at about 150 rpm. Separately, an acid/water seat is prepared by mixing the HCl with deionized (DI) water at ambient temperature. Chelant is then added to the water seat. If the softener active and/or the principal solvent(s) are not fluid at room temperature and need to be heated, the acid/water seat should also be heated to a suitable temperature, e.g., about 100° F. (about 38° C.) and maintaining said temperature with a water bath. The principal solvent(s) (melted at suitable temperatures if their melting points are above room temperature) are added to the softener premix and said premix is mixed for about 5 minutes. The acid/water seat is then added to the softener premix and mixed for about 20 to about 30 minutes or until the composition is clear and homogeneous. The composition is allowed to air cool to ambient temperature.
- The following are suitable N,N-di(fatty acyl-oxyethyl)-N,N-dimethyl ammonium chloride fabric softening actives (DEQA's), with approximate distributions of fatty acyl groups given, that are used hereinafter for preparing the following compositions.
Fatty Acyl Group DEQA1 DEQA2 DEQA3 DEQA4 DEQA5 C12 trace trace 0 0 0 C14 3 3 0 0 0 C16 4 4 5 5 5 C18 0 0 5 6 6 C14:1 3 3 0 0 C16:1 11 7 0 0 3 C18:1 74 73 71 68 67 C18:2 4 8 8 11 11 C18:3 0 1 1 2 2 C20:1 0 0 2 2 2 C20 and up 0 0 2 0 0 Unknowns 0 0 6 6 7 Total 99 99 100 100 102 IV 86-90 88-95 99 100 95 cis/trans 20-30 20-30 4 5 5 TPU 4 9 10 13 13
TPU = Total polyunsaturated fatty acyl groups, by weight.
-
Fatty Acyl Group DEQA6 DEQA7 DEQA8 C14 0 1 0 C16 11 25 5 C18 4 20 14 C14:1 0 0 0 C16:1 1 0 1 C18:1 27 45 74 C18:2 50 6 3 C18:3 7 0 0 Other 0 3 3 Total 100 100 100 IV 125-138 56 Not Available cis/trans (C18:1) Not Available 7 Not Available TPU 57 6 Not Available -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Component Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % DEQA1 26.6 43.2 — 26.6 — 26.6 26.6 26.6 DEQA6 — — 27.5 — 27.5 — — — Ethanol 6 10 5.1 6 3.1 6 4 6 2-Ethyl-1,3- 8 — — 8 9 8 9 — hexanediol 1,2-Hexanediol 8 20 16 8 9 8 9 16 DTPA 0.01 0.01 0.1 0.1 2.5 2.5 0.1 0.01 HCl (pH 2-3.5) 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 Perfume — — — — — 1.0 — — Kathon — — 3 ppm 3 ppm — — — — DI Water Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal.
DEQA6 N,N-di(coco-oyl-oxyethyl)-N,N-dimethyl ammonium chloride.
ClogP values of 2-ethyl-1,3-hexanediol and 1,2-hexanediol are 0.60 and 0.53, respectively, and are within the preferred ClogP range.
The above Examples show clear, or translucent, products with acceptable viscosities.
-
Comparative Comparative Comparative Comparative Comparative Comparative 8 8A 8B 8C 8D 8E 8F Component Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % DEQA1 26.6 26.6 26.6 26.6 26.6 26.6 26.6 1,2-Hexanediol 16 — — — — — — 1,2- — 16 — — — — — Propanediol 1,2-Butanediol — — 16 — — — — 1,2-Pentanediol — — — 16 — — — 1,2- — — — — 16 — — Heptanediol 1,2-Octanediol — — — — — 16 — 1,2-Decanediol — — — — — — 16 Ethanol 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 HCl (pH 2-3.5) 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 DI Water Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. - All 1,2-alkanediols in Example IA, except 1,2-hexanediol, have ClogP values outside the effective 0.15 to 0.64 range. Only the composition of Example 1-8, containing 1,2-hexanediol, is a clear composition with acceptable viscosities both at room temperature and at about 40° F. (about 4° C.); compositions of Comparative Examples I-8A to I-8F are not clear and/or do not have acceptable viscosities.
-
Comparative Comparative Comparative Comparative Comparative Comparative 8 8G 8H 8I 8J 8K 8L Component Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % DEQA1 26.6 26.6 26.6 26.6 26.6 26.6 26.6 1,2- 16 — — — — — — Hexanediol 1,3- — 16 — — — — — Hexanediol 1,4- — — 16 — — — — Hexanediol 1,5- — — — 16 — — — Hexanediol 1,6- — — — — 16 — — Hexanediol 2,4- — — — — — 16 — Hexanediol 2,5- — — — — — — 16 Hexanediol Ethanol 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 HCl (pH 2-3.5) 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 DI Water Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. - All hexanediol isomers in Example IB, except 1,2-hexanediol, have ClogP values outside the effective 0.15 to 0.64 range. Only the composition of Example 1-8, containing 1,2-hexanediol, is a clear composition with acceptable viscosities both at room temperature and at about 40° F. (about 4° C.); compositions of Comparative Examples I-8G to I-8L are not clear and/or do not have acceptable viscosities.
-
Compar- ative 8 8M 8N 8O 8P 8Q Component Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % DEQA1 26.6 26.6 26.6 26.6 26.6 26.6 1,2- 16 9.2 13 9 9 — Hexanediol 1,2- — 6.8 2 — — 6.8 Pentanediol 1,2- — — 1 — — 9.2 Octanediol Ethyl lactate — — — 9 — — Isopropyl — — — — 9 — lactate Ethanol 6 6 6 6 6 6 HCl 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 (pH 2-3.5) DI Water Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. - The compositions of Example I-8, I-8M, and I-8N which contain effective levels of the preferred 1,2-hexanediol principal solvent are clear compositions with acceptable viscosities both at room temperature and at about 40° F. (about 4° C.). The compositions of Example 1-8O and I-8P which contain effective levels of the preferred 1,2-hexanediol principal solvent are clear compositions with acceptable viscosities at room temperature, and are clear at about 40° F. (about 4° C.) with a small layer which is separated on top, but recover and become clear when brought back to room temperature. The compositions of Comparative Examples I-8Q which does not contain an effective amount of the preferred 1,2-hexanediol is not clear and/or does not have acceptable viscosities.
-
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Component Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % DEQA1 — 26.6 — 20.0 20.0 26.6 — DEQA6 27.5 — 27.5 6.8 6.8 — 27.5 Ethanol 5.1 6 5.1 3.8 — 4 5.1 Isopropanol — — — — — 2 — 2-Ethyl-1,3-hexanediol — — — 16 18 — — 1,2-Hexanediol 16 — — — — 16 — 2,5-Dimethyl-2,5- — — — — — — 16 hexanediol 2-Methyl,-2-propyl-1,3- — 16 16 — — — — propanediol DTPA 0.01 0.05 0.09 0.1 0.01 0.1 0.05 HCl (pH about 2-3.5) 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 DI Water Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. -
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Component Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % Wt. % DEQA1 — 26.6 — 26.6 26.6 26.6 — DEQA2 26 — 26 — — — 26 Ethanol 5.1 6 5.1 3.8 — 4 5.1 Isopropanol — — — — — 2 — n-Propanol 18 — — — — — — 2-Butanol — 16 — — — — — 2-methyl-1-propanol — — 18 — — 2 — 2-methyl-2-propanol — — — 20 — — — 2,3-butanediol, 2,3- — — — — 18 — — dimethyl- 1,2-butanediol, 2,3- — — — — — 16 — dimethyl- 1,2-butanediol, 3,3- — — — — — — 18 dimethyl- DTPA 0.1 0.1 2.5 0.01 0.01 2.5 0.1 CaCl2 — 0.25 — — — — — HCl (pH about 2-3.5) 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 DI Water Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. Bal. - A clear fabric softener having the following composition was prepared and measured for clarity. The clarity was measured on a Hunter Lab ColorQuest Instrument in the total transmission mode with a 0.25″ area view, a 0.25″ port size, the UV filter out, no UV lamp, deionized water as the standard and a 30 mm cell. The composition had a CIELAB difference from initial to 10 days storage at 120° F. of 0.04 with DTPA and 20.37 without DTPA. The percetage haze of the composition in the transmission mode when DTPA is included is 1.51%.
Component Wt. % DEQA 26.00 Ethanol 2.00 Hexylene Glycol 2.00 1,2 Hexanediol 17.00 HCl (1N) 0.25 Kathon (1.5%) 0.02 DTPA 0.01 Deionized Water 52.72 - The principal solvents B. and some mixtures of principal solvents B. and secondary solvents, as disclosed hereinbefore, allow the preparation of premixes comprising the softener active A. (from about 55% to about 85%, preferably from about 60% to about 80%, more preferably from about 65% to about 75%, by weight of the premix); the principal solvent B. (from about 10% to about 30%, preferably from about 13% to about 25%, more preferably from about 15% to about 20%, by weight of the premix); and optionally, the water soluble solvent C (from about 5% to about 20%, preferably from about 5% to about 17%, more preferably from about 5% to about 15%, by weight of the premix). The principal solvents B. can optionally be replaced by a mixture of an effective amount of principal solvents B. and some inoperable solvents, as disclosed hereinbefore. These premixes contain the desired amount of fabric softening active A. and sufficient principal solvent B., and, optionally, solvent C., to give the premix the desired viscosity for the desired temperature range. Typical viscosities suitable for processing are less than about 1000 cps, preferably less than about 500 cps, more preferably less than about 300 cps. Use of low temperatures improves safety, by minimizing solvent vaporization, minimizes the degradation and/or loss of materials such as the biodegradable fabric softener active, perfumes, etc., and reduces the need for heating, thus saving on the expenses for processing. The result is improved environmental impact and safety from the manufacturing operation.
- Examples of premixes and processes using them include premixes which typically contain from about 55% to about 85%, preferably from about 60% to about 80%, more preferably from about 65% to about 75%, of fabric softener active A., as exemplified with DEQA1 and DEQA8 in the Examples hereinafter, mixed with from about 10% to about 30%, preferably from about 13% to about 25%, more preferably from about 15% to about 20%, of principal solvent such as 1,2-hexanediol, and from about 5% to about 20%, preferably from about 5% to about 15%, of water soluble solvent C. like ethanol and/or isopropanol.
- When the DEQA1, containing about 13% ethanol, as disclosed hereinafter, is used as the fabric softening active, and 1,2-hexanediol is used as the principal solvent, the temperatures at which the premix is clear and/or liquid for various levels of principal solvent are as follows:
-
- about 25% 1,2-hexanediol=clear below about −5° C., liquid below about −10° C.
- about 17% 1,2-hexanediol=clear down to about 0° C., liquid down to about −10° C.
- about 0% 1,2-hexanediol=clear down to about 17° C., liquid down to about 0° C.
- These premixes can be used to formulate finished compositions in processes comprising the steps of:
-
- 1. Make premix of fabric softening active, e.g., about 72% DEQA1 , about 11% ethanol, and about 17% principal solvent, e.g., 1,2-hexanediol, let cool to ambient temperature.
- 2. Mix perfume in the premix.
- 3. Make up water seat of water, chelant and HCl at ambient temperature.
- 4. Add premix to water under good agitation.
- 5. Trim with CaCl2 solution to desired viscosity.
- 6. Add dye solution to get desired colour.
- The fabric softening actives (DEQAs); the principal solvents B.; and, optionally, the water soluble solvents, can be formulated as premixes which can be used to prepare the following compositions.
- For commercial purposes, the above compositions are introduced into containers, specifically bottles, and more specifically clear bottles (although translucent bottles can be used), made from polypropylene (although glass, oriented polyethylene, etc., can be substituted). The bottle may have a light blue tint to compensate for any yellow color that is present, or that may develop during storage. For short times, and perfectly clear products, clear containers with no tint, or other tints, can be used. The bottles may also have an ultraviolet light absorber in the bottle to minimize the effects of ultraviolet light on the materials inside, especially the highly unsaturated actives (the absorbers can also be on the surface). The overall effect of the clarity and the container being to demonstrate the clarity of the compositions, thus assuring the consumer of the quality of the product.
Claims (15)
1. A fabric softening composition comprising:
A. from about 2% to about 80%, by weight of the composition, of a fabric softener active;
B. from about 0.001% to about 10% by weight of the composition of a chelating material, wherein the chelating material comprises diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid (DTPA):
C. wherein the composition has a percentage haze in transmision mode of a Hunter Color analysis of less than about 90.
2. The composition of claim 1 , wherein said percentage haze in transmision mode of a Hunter Color analysis is less than about 50%.
3. The composition of claim 2 , wherein said percentage haze in transmision mode of a Hunter Color analysis is less than about 25%.
4. The composition of claim 1 , wherein the DTPA is at least 0.75% by weight of the composition.
5. The composition of claim 2 , wherein the wherein the DTPA is at least 0.75% by weight of the composition.
6. The composition of claim 3 , wherein the DTPA is at least 0.75% by weight of the composition.
7. A fabric softening composition comprising:
A. from about 2% to about 80%, by weight of the composition, of a fabric softener active;
B. from about 2.5% to about 10% by weight of the composition of a chelating material, wherein the chelating material is chosen from at least one of the following: diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, ethylenediamine-N,N′-disuccinnic acid, diethylenetriamine-N,N,N′,N″,N″-pentakis(methane phosphonic acid), nitrilotriacetic acid, or a mixture thereof;
C. wherein the composition has a percentage haze in transmision mode of a Hunter Color analysis of less than about 90.
8. The composition of claim 7 , wherein said percentage haze in transmision mode of a Hunter Color analysis is less than about 50%.
9. The composition of claim 8 , wherein said percentage haze in transmision mode of a Hunter Color analysis is less than about 25%.
10. A method of softening fabric comprising the step of contacting fabric with the composition according to claim 1 .
11. A method of softening fabric comprising the step of contacting fabric with the composition according to claim 7 .
12. The composition of claim 1 , further comprising from about 0.001% to about 5% by weight of the composition of a cellulase enzyme.
13. The composition of claim 7 , further comprising from about 0.001% to about 5% by weight of the composition of a cellulase enzyme.
14. A clear or translucent composition comprising a fabric softening active and diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid.
15. The composition of claim 14 further comprising a perfume.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US11/044,560 US20050202998A1 (en) | 1996-07-11 | 2005-01-27 | Concentrated, stable, translucent or clear, fabric softening compositions including chelants |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US1996/011572 WO1997003172A1 (en) | 1995-07-11 | 1996-07-11 | Concentrated, stable fabric softening compositions including chelants |
US08/864,875 US6943144B1 (en) | 1997-05-20 | 1997-05-20 | Concentrated stable, translucent or clear fabric softening compositions including chelants |
US11/044,560 US20050202998A1 (en) | 1996-07-11 | 2005-01-27 | Concentrated, stable, translucent or clear, fabric softening compositions including chelants |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US08/864,875 Continuation US6943144B1 (en) | 1996-07-11 | 1997-05-20 | Concentrated stable, translucent or clear fabric softening compositions including chelants |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20050202998A1 true US20050202998A1 (en) | 2005-09-15 |
Family
ID=34912780
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US08/864,875 Expired - Fee Related US6943144B1 (en) | 1996-07-11 | 1997-05-20 | Concentrated stable, translucent or clear fabric softening compositions including chelants |
US11/044,560 Abandoned US20050202998A1 (en) | 1996-07-11 | 2005-01-27 | Concentrated, stable, translucent or clear, fabric softening compositions including chelants |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US08/864,875 Expired - Fee Related US6943144B1 (en) | 1996-07-11 | 1997-05-20 | Concentrated stable, translucent or clear fabric softening compositions including chelants |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US6943144B1 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2007098135A2 (en) * | 2006-02-21 | 2007-08-30 | Inolex Investment Corporation | Anti-microbial compositions |
US11291204B2 (en) | 2007-11-29 | 2022-04-05 | Inolex Investment Corporation | Preservatives for cosmetic, toiletry and pharmaceutical compositions |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20050176609A1 (en) * | 2002-05-13 | 2005-08-11 | Ferdinand Naef | Branched fatty acid derivatives as anti-gelling or viscosity-control ingredients |
Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3756950A (en) * | 1971-03-08 | 1973-09-04 | Lever Brothers Ltd | Fabric softening compositions |
US5399272A (en) * | 1993-12-17 | 1995-03-21 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Clear or translucent, concentrated biodgradable quaternary ammonium fabric softener compositions |
US5427697A (en) * | 1993-12-17 | 1995-06-27 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Clear or translucent, concentrated fabric softener compositions |
US5445747A (en) * | 1994-08-05 | 1995-08-29 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Cellulase fabric-conditioning compositions |
US5525245A (en) * | 1994-12-21 | 1996-06-11 | Colgate-Palmolive Company | Clear, concentrated liquid fabric softener compositions |
US5728673A (en) * | 1996-01-31 | 1998-03-17 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Process for making a fluid, stable liquid fabric softening composition including dispersible polyolefin |
Family Cites Families (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
GB9406824D0 (en) * | 1994-04-07 | 1994-06-01 | Unilever Plc | Fabric softening composition |
AU702743B2 (en) * | 1994-04-07 | 1999-03-04 | Unilever Plc | Fabric softening composition |
US5500138A (en) * | 1994-10-20 | 1996-03-19 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Fabric softener compositions with improved environmental impact |
US5531910A (en) * | 1995-07-07 | 1996-07-02 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Biodegradable fabric softener compositions with improved perfume longevity |
US5747443A (en) * | 1996-07-11 | 1998-05-05 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Fabric softening compound/composition |
-
1997
- 1997-05-20 US US08/864,875 patent/US6943144B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2005
- 2005-01-27 US US11/044,560 patent/US20050202998A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (6)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3756950A (en) * | 1971-03-08 | 1973-09-04 | Lever Brothers Ltd | Fabric softening compositions |
US5399272A (en) * | 1993-12-17 | 1995-03-21 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Clear or translucent, concentrated biodgradable quaternary ammonium fabric softener compositions |
US5427697A (en) * | 1993-12-17 | 1995-06-27 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Clear or translucent, concentrated fabric softener compositions |
US5445747A (en) * | 1994-08-05 | 1995-08-29 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Cellulase fabric-conditioning compositions |
US5525245A (en) * | 1994-12-21 | 1996-06-11 | Colgate-Palmolive Company | Clear, concentrated liquid fabric softener compositions |
US5728673A (en) * | 1996-01-31 | 1998-03-17 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Process for making a fluid, stable liquid fabric softening composition including dispersible polyolefin |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2007098135A2 (en) * | 2006-02-21 | 2007-08-30 | Inolex Investment Corporation | Anti-microbial compositions |
US20070207105A1 (en) * | 2006-02-21 | 2007-09-06 | Inolex Investment Corporation | Anti-microbial compositions |
WO2007098135A3 (en) * | 2006-02-21 | 2008-10-23 | Inolex Investment Corp | Anti-microbial compositions |
US11291204B2 (en) | 2007-11-29 | 2022-04-05 | Inolex Investment Corporation | Preservatives for cosmetic, toiletry and pharmaceutical compositions |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US6943144B1 (en) | 2005-09-13 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2226550C (en) | Concentrated, stable fabric softening compositions including chelants | |
US5747443A (en) | Fabric softening compound/composition | |
US20060058216A1 (en) | Concentrated, stable, preferably clear, fabric softening composition | |
US5877145A (en) | Concentrated fabric softening composition with good freeze/thaw recovery and highly unsaturated fabric softener compound therefor | |
US5759990A (en) | Concentrated fabric softening composition with good freeze/thaw recovery and highly unsaturated fabric softener compound therefor | |
KR100262106B1 (en) | Concentrated, water dispersible, stable, fabric softening compositions | |
JP3102894B2 (en) | Fabric softening compound / composition | |
EP1352948A1 (en) | Concentrated, stable, fabric softening composition | |
US20050202998A1 (en) | Concentrated, stable, translucent or clear, fabric softening compositions including chelants | |
JP3419464B2 (en) | Concentrated fabric softening compositions and highly unsaturated fabric softener compounds therefor |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |